US20080090884A1 - Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl- oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues - Google Patents

Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl- oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080090884A1
US20080090884A1 US11/868,332 US86833207A US2008090884A1 US 20080090884 A1 US20080090884 A1 US 20080090884A1 US 86833207 A US86833207 A US 86833207A US 2008090884 A1 US2008090884 A1 US 2008090884A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
exo
hex
oxo
phenyl
oxazolidin
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/868,332
Inventor
Adam Renslo
Mikhail Gordeev
Dinesh Patel
Hongwu Gao
Vara Prasad Josyula
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Pfizer Inc
Original Assignee
Pfizer Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pfizer Inc filed Critical Pfizer Inc
Priority to US11/868,332 priority Critical patent/US20080090884A1/en
Publication of US20080090884A1 publication Critical patent/US20080090884A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A61P31/06—Antibacterial agents for tuberculosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel [3.1.0]bicyclohexyl phenyloxazolidinone derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, methods for their use, and methods for preparing the bicyclic derivatives. These compounds display potent activities against gram-positive and/or gram-negative bacteria.
  • Effective antibacterials should exhibit potent activity against a number of human and veterinary pathogens, including gram-positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply-resistant staphylococci and streptococci , anaerobic organisms such as bacteroides and clostridia species, and acid-fast organisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium .
  • the present invention provides structurally novel pharmaceutical compounds with expanded spectrum of antibacterial activity.
  • oxazolidinone compounds are the most recent synthetic class of antimicrobials active against a number of pathogenic microorganisms.
  • oxazolidinones generally do not demonstrate useful levels of activity against aerobic gram-negative organisms.
  • the use of these oxazolidinone antibacterial agents is limited to infectious states caused by gram-positive bacteria.
  • [3.1.0]bicyclohexylphenyl oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues of the present invention possess enhanced anti-gram-positive activity and/or expand the spectrum of antimicrobial activity to include gram-negative organisms such as Haemophilus influenza and Moraxella catarrhalis.
  • the present invention relates to novel [3.1.0]bicyclohexyl phenyl-oxazolidinone derivatives that display potent activities against gram-positive and/or gram-negative bacteria.
  • the present invention also relates pharmaceutical compositions, methods of use, and methods for preparing these [3.1.0]bicyclohexyl phenyloxazolidinone derivatives.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula I wherein A is a structure i, ii, iii, or iv where the dashed line in formula iii represents an optional double bond;
  • the present invention provides for pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention provides for methods for the treatment of a microbial infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of the compound of Formula I.
  • the compound of Formula I may be administered to the mammal in a pharmaceutical composition either orally, parenterally, transdermally, or topically.
  • the compound may be administered in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • the compound may also be administered in an amount of from about 1 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • the present invention provides for a method for treating gram-negative microbial infections in humans or other warm-blooded animals by administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of Formula I may be administered to the mammal in a pharmaceutical composition either orally, parenterally, transdermally, or topically.
  • the compound of Formula I may be administered in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight/day, or in an amount of from about 1 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • the present invention also provides novel intermediates and processes that are useful for preparing compounds of Formula I.
  • C i-j indicates a moiety of the integer “i” to the integer “j” carbon atoms, inclusive.
  • C 1-7 alkyl refers to alkyl of one to seven carbon atoms, inclusive.
  • alkyl, alkenyl, etc. refer to both straight and branched groups, but reference to an individual radical such as “propyl” embraces only the straight chain radical, a branched chain isomer such as “isopropyl” being specifically referred to.
  • alkyl refers to alkyl groups of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • alkenyl refers to alkenyl groups of from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl, alkenyl, etc. group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aryl, het 1 , or het 2 .
  • alkyl groups on an alkyl group may optionally be protected using protecting groups well known in the art, such as Boc, Cbz, and the like.
  • protecting groups and procedures for their introduction and removal see one of the general texts on the subject such as “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski (publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, 1994).
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, —CH ⁇ CH-aryl, —CH ⁇ CH-het 1 , —CH 2 -phenyl, —CH 2 —OH, —CH 2 —NHCbz, and the like.
  • alkoxy refers to the group —O-alkyl, where alkyl is defined herein above.
  • cycloalkyl means a cyclic saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group of three to seven carbon atoms, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aryl, het 1 , or het 2 .
  • the functional groups on a cycloalkyl group may optionally be protected using protecting groups well known in the art, such as Boc, Cbz, and the like. For examples of protecting groups and procedures for their introduction and removal see one of the general texts on the subject such as “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski (publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994).
  • heteroalkyl means an alkyl or cycloalkyl group, as defined above, having at least one atom replaced by a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S(O) q , where q is 0, 1 or 2.
  • the heteroalkyl group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, thio, aryl, het 1 , or het 2 .
  • the functional groups on a heteroalkyl group may optionally be protected using protecting groups well known in the art, such as Boc, Cbz, and the like.
  • heteroalkyl group may be optionally substituted with substituents, including —NR a R b , —OR a , or —S(O) q R c , wherein R a is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or —COR (where R is alkyl); R b is hydrogen, alkyl, —SO 2 R (where R is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl), —SO 2 NRR′ (where R and R′ are independently of each other hydrogen or alkyl), —CONR′R′′ (where R′ and R′′ are independently of each other hydrogen or alkyl); q is an integer from 0 to 2; and R c is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or —COR (where R is alkyl); R b is hydrogen, alkyl, —SO 2 R (where R is alkyl
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to 2-methoxyethyl (—CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 ), 2-hydroxyethyl (—CH 2 CH 2 OH), 2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl (—CH(OH)CH 2 OH), hydroxymethyl (—CH 2 OH), 2-aminoethyl (—CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 ), 2-dimethylaminoethyl (—CH 2 CH 2 NHCH 3 ), 2-morpholinoethyl, benzyloxymethyl, and the like.
  • halo refers to the halogens, such as fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), or iodo (I).
  • Aryl refers to phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl, optionally substituted with halo, —C 1-4 alkyl, —OH, —OC 1-4 alkyl, —S(O) q C 1-4 alkyl wherein q is 0, 1, or 2, —C 1-4 alkylNH 2 , —C( ⁇ O)H, or —C ⁇ N—OR d wherein R d is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • heterocyclic group or ring refers to an aromatic ring or a saturated or unsaturated ring that is not aromatic of 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be optionally substituted with halo, —C 1-4 alkyl, —OH, —OC 1-4 alkyl, —S(O) q C 1-4 alkyl wherein q is 0, 1, or 2, —C 1-4 alkylNH 2 , —C( ⁇ O)H, or —C ⁇ N—OR d wherein R d is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine
  • het 1 refers to a C-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring, which is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom with one or two substituents independently selected from C 1-4 alkyl, OC 1-4 alkyl, amino, C 1-4 alkylNR a R b , (where R a and R b are as defined above) and halogen and/or on an available nitrogen atom (provided that the ring is not thereby quaternized) with C 1-4 alkyl.
  • heterox 1 include, but are not limited to, pyridine, thiophene, furan, pyrazole, pyrimidine, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 4-oxo-2-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3-isoxaz-olyl, 4-is-oxaz-olyl, 5-isoxaz-olyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 5-pyrazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 4-oxo-2-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 1,2,3-oxathiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-ox
  • het 2 refers to a C-linked or N-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having one oxygen or sulfur atom, and optionally substituted on an available carbon atom with one or two substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, formyl, —C 1-4 alkyl, —OC 1-4 alkyl, —C 2-4 alkenyl, —OC 2-4 alkenyl, —C( ⁇ O)C 1-4 alkyl, —C 3-6 cycloalkyl, —OC 3-6 cycloalkyl, —C 1-4 heteroalkyl, —NR a R b , —NR a C( ⁇ O)C 1-4 alkyl, or —NR a C( ⁇ O)OC 1-4 alkyl where R a and R b are as defined herein.
  • hetero 2 examples include, but are not limited to pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl, and isoxazolidinonyl group.
  • a C-linked heterocyclic ring is a heterocyclic group as defined above wherein the group is attached via a carbon atom of the heterocyclic ring.
  • An N-linked heterocyclic ring is a heterocyclic group as defined above wherein the group is attached via a nitrogen atom of the heterocyclic ring.
  • aryl group optionally mono- or di- substituted with an alkyl group means that the alkyl may but need not be present, and the description includes situations where the aryl group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the aryl group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
  • stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers”.
  • enantiomers When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible.
  • An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or ( ⁇ )-isomers respectively).
  • a chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture”.
  • the compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)-stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof.
  • the methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a carrier that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. “A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such carrier.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
  • Such salts include:
  • Treating” or “treatment” of a disease includes:
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
  • the “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated.
  • Leaving group has the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic organic chemistry i.e., an atom or group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile and includes halogen, alkylsulfonyloxy, ester, or amino such as chloro, bromo, iodo, mesyloxy, tosyloxy, trifluorosulfonyloxy, methoxy, N,O-dimethylhydroxyl-amino, and the like.
  • Pro-drugs mean any compound that releases an active parent drug according to a compound of the subject invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs of a compound of the subject invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in a compound of the subject invention in such a way that the modifications may be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound.
  • Prodrugs include compounds of the subject invention wherein a hydroxy, sulfhydryl or amino group in the compound is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxyl, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively.
  • prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups in compounds of the subject invention, and the like.
  • esters e.g., acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives
  • carbamates e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl
  • Mammal refers to human or warm-blooded animals including livestock and companion animals.
  • the compounds of the present invention are generally named according to the IUPAC or CAS nomenclature systems. Abbreviations which are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be used (e.g. “Ph” for phenyl, “Me” for methyl, “Et” for ethyl, “Ac” for “acetyl” “h” for hour or hours and “rt” for room temperature).
  • C 1-4 alkyl can be methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and their isomeric forms thereof.
  • C 2-4 alkenyl can be vinyl, propenyl, allyl, butenyl, and their isomeric forms thereof.
  • C 3-6 cycloalkyl can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and their isomeric forms thereof.
  • C 1-4 heteroalkyl can be hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-morpholinoethyl.
  • R 1 is C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two, or three fluoro (F) or chloro (Cl).
  • R 1 is —CH 3 , —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CHCl 2 , —CH 2 CF 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CHF 2 , or —CH 2 CH 2 F.
  • R 1 is —CH ⁇ CH-aryl.
  • R 1 is —CH ⁇ CH-het 1 .
  • R 1 is —CH 2 C( ⁇ O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently —H or —F.
  • Y is —N(R 8 )—.
  • R 8 is —C( ⁇ O)CH 2 OH or —C( ⁇ O)CH(OH)CH 2 OH.
  • Y is —SO m — or —O—.
  • Z is —C( ⁇ O)NH 2 .
  • n 1 or 2.
  • W is —CH 2 —.
  • R 6 and R 7 are —H.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently —H or —F and R 6 and R 7 are —H.
  • het 1 is isoxazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, or pyridyl.
  • het 2 is 1,2,3-triazolyl.
  • dotted line within structure iii indicates an optional double bond at that position. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that compounds of the present invention may have additional chiral centers and, as such, can be isolated in optically active and racemic forms.
  • the present invention encompasses any racemic, optically active, tautomeric, or stereoisomeric form, or mixture thereof, of a compound of the invention.
  • a particularly preferred group of compounds includes the following:
  • Chiral intermediates of enantiomeric purity may be prepared using various asymmetric reaction methodologies or, alternatively, by resolution of the racemic mixtures. It is known that the bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl ring systems described herein can exist as either endo or exo diastereomers. When products comprised of bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl ring systems form as mixtures, these diastereomers can be separated by standard techniques of organic chemistry, for example, by silica gel chromatography.
  • Scheme I illustrates two methods for preparing benzaldehyde starting materials required for the preparation of the compounds of this invention.
  • a substituted 5-nitrotoluene analog is oxidized to the corresponding benzaldehyde (step 1). This oxidation can be accomplished according to the procedure reported by Gordeev et. al. in U.S. Pat. No. 6,239,152, incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • Step 2 of Scheme I involves reduction of the nitro substituent to an amino substituent. This reduction is generally accomplished by reacting the nitro intermediate with iron metal. The reaction is carried out at temperatures between 60° C. and 90° C. in mixtures of water and alcohol (methanol, ethanol, etc.) as solvent, and in the presence of ammonium chloride. Optionally, reductions of this type are conducted by reaction with other metals such as tin or zinc or by hydrogenation using a palladium or platinum catalyst (see Rylander Hydrogenation Methods ; Academic Press: New York, 1985, pp. 104-116). The reaction is run until complete, usually from about 2 hours to about 24 hours.
  • Step 3 of Scheme I involves the introduction of carbamate protection (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc)) on the aniline formed in step 2.
  • carbamate protection e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc)
  • This is a standard transformation that is typically carried out by reaction of the amine with benzyl chloroformate, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, or an equivalent reagent (see Kocienski Protecting Groups ; Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994, pp. 195-199).
  • the reaction is typically conducted at temperatures between 0° C. and 25° C.
  • reaction in organic solvents such as dichloromethane in the presence of amines such as triethylamine or pyridine and is run until substantially complete, usually 2 hours to 16 hours.
  • amines such as triethylamine or pyridine
  • the reaction may be performed in aqueous solutions in the presence of inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide or sodium bicarbonate.
  • a second method for preparing the benzaldehyde starting material begins with a substituted aniline.
  • Step A of Scheme I involves protection of the amino group as a carbamate (e.g., isopropoxycarbonyl or t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc)).
  • This is a standard transformation that is typically carried out by reaction of the amine with isopropyl chloroformate, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, or an equivalent reagent (see Kocienski Protecting Groups ; Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994, pp. 195-199).
  • the reaction is typically conducted at temperatures between 0° C. and 25° C. in organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and using a base such as lithium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide and is run until complete, usually 2 hours to about 24 hours.
  • Step B of Scheme I illustrates the introduction of a formyl group para to the carbamate substituent.
  • This reaction is accomplished by formation of the aryl lithium species and subsequent reaction with dimethylformamide or equivalent formylating reagent.
  • the lithiation reaction is typically carried out at temperatures below ⁇ 50° C. using strong bases such as n-butyllithium or tert-butyllithium, optionally in the presence of additives such as TMEDA (N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylenediamine).
  • the formylating reagent may be added at temperatures below ⁇ 50° C. and the reaction allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction is run until complete, usually 1 hours to about 3 hours.
  • the product of each step in Scheme I may be used as collected or may be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Scheme II illustrates the conversion of the benzaldehyde starting materials (described in Scheme I) into bis-hydroxymethylcyclopropane intermediates. These intermediates can, in turn, be used to prepare bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane analogs with various heteroatoms at the 3 position of the bicyclic ring.
  • Step 1 of Scheme II involves the reaction of the benzaldehyde starting material with a phosphonate ylide.
  • This reaction the Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction, is well known to those skilled in the art (for reviews, see Wadsworth in Organic Reactions 1977, 25, pp. 73-253).
  • the ylide is first formed by reaction of a phosphonate (e.g. trimethyl phosphonoacetate) with a strong base such as sodium hydride or n-butyllithium in solvents such as dimethylformamide or tetrahydrofuran.
  • a phosphonate e.g. trimethyl phosphonoacetate
  • solvents such as dimethylformamide or tetrahydrofuran.
  • the ylide After formation of the ylide, it is reacted with the aldehyde in solvents such as DMSO or DMF for about 4 hours to 20 hours at about 0° C. to about 30° C. to form the desired unsaturated ester product.
  • solvents such as DMSO or DMF
  • the product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 2 of Scheme II involves reduction of the unsaturated ester to an allylic alcohol.
  • This is a very common reaction that will be well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the reduction is carried out with reducing agents such as lithium aluminum hydride or sodium borohydride (or an equivalent reagent).
  • the reaction may be conducted for about 1 hour to about 4 hours in ethereal solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether at temperatures between ⁇ 40 and 25° C.
  • the product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 3 of Scheme II in involves the formation of a diazoester. This is accomplished using glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (prepared as described by C. J. Blankley, F. J. Sauter and H. O. House, Organic Syntheses , Coll. Vol. V, p. 258; John Wiley, New York (1973)). Reaction of this reagent with the allylic alcohol may be carried out according to the procedure described by Myers and Corey (Tetrahedron Letters, 1984, pp. 3559-3562). The product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 4 of Scheme II involves an intramolecular cyclopropanation reaction.
  • This transformation is usually accomplished with a suitable transition metal catalyst, typically of copper or rhodium (e.g. bis-(N-t-butylsalicyl-aldiminato)copper(II), prepared as described by R. G. Charles in J. Org. Chem. 1957, 22, 677).
  • a suitable transition metal catalyst typically of copper or rhodium (e.g. bis-(N-t-butylsalicyl-aldiminato)copper(II), prepared as described by R. G. Charles in J. Org. Chem. 1957, 22, 677).
  • a solution of the diazoester in toluene, dichloromethane or mixtures thereof is added slowly using a dropping funnel or syringe pump to a refluxing solution of the catalyst in toluene or similar solvent.
  • the reaction may be conducted at concentrations below 0.05M to avoid dimerization of the diazoester and is run until substantially complete, usually from about 12 hours to about 36 hours.
  • the product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 5 of Scheme II involves reduction of the lactone ring to a diol. This reduction can be accomplished using conditions similar to those described above for step 2 of Scheme II.
  • the product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Scheme III describes the preparation of thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl-substituted phenyloxazolidinones starting from the diol intermediate described in Scheme II.
  • Step 1 involves conversion of the alcohol substituents into leaving groups (such as mesylates).
  • leaving groups such as mesylates.
  • the reactions may be carried out for about 0.5 hours to about 2 hours in organic solvents such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran, and in the presence of acid-scavenging amines such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine a temperature of about 0° C. to 40° C.
  • organic solvents such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran
  • acid-scavenging amines such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine a temperature of about 0° C. to 40° C.
  • the product of this reaction may be used in the next reaction as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 2 of Scheme III describes a cyclization reaction in which the bis-mesylate prepared in step 1 is reacted with a nucleophilic sulfur source to form the thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane ring.
  • This reaction is generally conducted with sodium sulfide in dipolar aprotic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide.
  • Step 3 of Scheme III illustrates the construction of the oxazolidinone ring from the aryl carbamate. Transformations of this type are known art (see, e.g., International Publication WO 95/07271, published on 16 Mar. 1995).
  • step 3 the oxazolidinone synthesis is performed with S-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl.
  • This reagent is prepared from (S)-epichlorohydrin in three steps (epoxide ring opening with benzaldehyde imine, imine hydrolysis, and peracylation with acetic anhydride) according to the procedure described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/982,157, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • reaction of this reagent with aryl carbamates is to afford the acetylaminomethyl-substituted oxazolidinone.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of an organic base such as lithium tert-butoxide, in a polar organic solvent such as dimethylformamide, at temperatures of about 0° C. to 25° C.
  • Step 4 of Scheme III involves an optional oxidation of the sulfur atom to form a sulfoxide or sulfone.
  • Sulfoxides are formed as a pair of diastereomers that are often separable using flash column or preparative thin layer chromatography.
  • the oxidation to sulfoxide may be conducted with sodium periodate in water-alcohol mixtures.
  • Oxidation to sulfone may be carried out with peracetic acid in aqueous tetrahydrofuran. These reactions are typically carried out at temperatures of about 0° C. to 25° C.
  • Scheme IV describes the preparation of azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl-substituted phenyloxazolidinones starting from the diol intermediate described in Scheme II.
  • Step 1 involves conversion of the alcohol substituents into leaving groups (such as mesylates). This transformation is conducted as described above for step 1 of Scheme III.
  • Step 2 of Scheme IV describes a cyclization reaction in which the bis-mesylate prepared in step 1 is reacted with a nucleophilic amine source such as 4-methoxybenzylamine or similar amine.
  • a nucleophilic amine source such as 4-methoxybenzylamine or similar amine.
  • This reaction is conducted neat, using the amine as solvent and at temperatures of around 0 to 30° C.
  • the choice of amine is important in that the subsequent deprotection step (step 4) should be facile.
  • Step 3 of Scheme IV involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III.
  • Step 4 of Scheme IV involves deprotection of the tertiary amine to reveal the free secondary azabicyclic amine.
  • the choice of reagent for this deprotection will depend on the amine used for cyclization in step 2. It is understood that a person skilled in the art will select the appropriate deprotection conditions for the amine chosen.
  • removal of the 4-methoxybenzylamine group can be accomplished by hydrogenolysis. Hydrogenolysis reactions are well known and are typically carried out using palladium catalysts, of which several varieties are available, and under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas.
  • Removal of the p-methoxybenzyl group may be conducted using palladium hydroxide on carbon as catalyst and a solvent system of methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, or mixtures thereof. These reactions are typically carried out at temperatures of about 15° C. to 35° C.
  • an alternate procedure may be employed, involving reaction with 1-chloroethyl chloroformate or similar reagent in the presence of amine scavenging bases such as triethylamine and in solvents such as dichloromethane (see Olofson et al. in J. Org. Chem. 1984, pp 2081-2082 and Yang et al. in Synlett, 1993, pp 195-196).
  • This alternative procedure circumvents the problem of cyclopropane ring-opening that is sometimes encountered in the des-fluoro aromatic analogs.
  • Step 5 of Scheme IV represents a coupling step in which the free secondary amine is reacted with alkylating, acylating, sulfonylating, or other reagents to introduce substituents represented generically as R 8 .
  • Coupling reactions of amines are very common reactions in synthetic organic chemistry and will be well known to those of average ability in the art.
  • the amine is reacted with benzyloxyacetyl chloride in dichloromethane and triethylamine to form the benzyloxyacetamide.
  • Step 6 of Scheme IV represents an optional step or steps that may involve a deprotection step or other reaction to further elaborate the R 8 substituent introduced in step 5.
  • Those skilled in the art will be able to select appropriate conditions for removing given protecting groups or for further elaboration of a given R 8 substituent.
  • the benzyloxyacetamide formed in step 5 is subjected to hydrogenolysis with a palladium catalyst to reveal the desired hydroxyacetamide-substituted azabicyclic phenyloxazolidinone.
  • Scheme V describes the preparation of oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl-substituted phenyloxazolidinones starting from the diol intermediate described in Scheme II.
  • this reaction involves the conversion of one of the hydroxy substituents into a suitable leaving group and subsequent intramolecular displacement of the leaving group by the other hydroxy group or its alkoxide form.
  • a person skilled in the art will recognize possible strategies for this cyclization including activation of the alcohol under Mitsunobu conditions.
  • This reaction can be accomplished in a one-pot reaction (step 1).
  • Initial reaction with about two equivalents of a base such as n-butyllithium is followed by reaction with one to two equivalents of an activating reagent, such as, methanesulfonyl chloride. Additional base is then added (about one equivalent) to effect cyclization and form the oxabicyclic ring.
  • This reaction is typically conducted in ethereal solvent such as THF and at temperature of about ⁇ 30 to ⁇ 60° C. for about 1 hour to 3 hours.
  • the product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 2 of Scheme V involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III.
  • Scheme VI describes the preparation of claimed structures in which Y is —N(R 8 )— and W is C ⁇ O
  • Step 1 of Scheme VI represents a step or steps for converting the allylic alcohol described in Scheme II to an allylic amine.
  • This well-known transformation may be performed by initial activation of the hydroxy group as an alkyl or aryl sulfonate, halide, or optionally by Mitsunobu-type activation (see Fabiano et al. Synthesis, 1987, p. 190).
  • hydrazoic acid is commonly employed as a nucleophilic nitrogen sources.
  • azide is reduced to the amine, a transformation that can be accomplished with a variety of inorganic reducing agents or by catalytic hydrogenation.
  • An alternative and selective reduction of azides is accomplished by reaction with phosphines (Staudinger reaction).
  • step 2 of Scheme VI the allylic amine is converted to a diazo acetamide.
  • This conversion may be accomplished using the procedure described by Doyle et al. (see J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117, pp 5763-5775) although other methods may also be employed.
  • Step 3 of Scheme VI describes an intramolecular cyclopropanation reaction and may be accomplished as described above for step 4 of Scheme II.
  • Step 4 of Scheme VI involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III.
  • Step 5 of Scheme VI represents an optional step or steps that may involve the introduction and further elaboration of the R 8 substituent.
  • these reactions may involve alkylation or similar functionalization of the lactam ring nitrogen using known processes.
  • Scheme VII involves an alternate route for the preparation of analogs in which the preparation of claimed structures in which Y is —N(R 8 )— and W is C ⁇ O.
  • the starting material for this method is the lactone described in Scheme II.
  • step 1 of Scheme VI the lactone is reacted with a suitable amine nucleophile such as benzyl or 4-methoxybenzylamine, opening the lactone ring to give an amide.
  • a suitable amine nucleophile such as benzyl or 4-methoxybenzylamine
  • Step 2 of Scheme VII describes involves cyclization of the amido alcohol to reform a lactam ring. These reactions are known and are often accomplished by activating the alcohol with reagents such as mesyl chloride (e.g., see Haddad, M. et al in J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 5680-5683) or by Mitsunobu-type activation (e.g., see Ma, D. et. al. in Tet. Lett. 1998, 9067-9068).
  • mesyl chloride e.g., see Haddad, M. et al in J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 5680-5683
  • Mitsunobu-type activation e.g., see Ma, D. et. al. in Tet. Lett. 1998, 9067-9068.
  • Step 3 of Scheme VII involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III or as described in Scheme VIII.
  • Steps 4 and 5 of Scheme VII represent an optional step or steps that may involve removal of a substituent on the amide nitrogen (e.g. a benzyl group) and the introduction and further elaboration of an R 8 substituent.
  • these reactions may involve alkylation or similar functionalization of the lactam ring nitrogen using known methods.
  • Scheme VIII describes a general synthesis of aryloxazolidinone compounds substituted at C-5 of the oxazolidinone with substituents other than simple acetylaminomethyl.
  • step 1 of Scheme VIII the aryl carbamate analogs (described in Schemes III-VII) are reacted with (3-chloro-2-hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
  • This reagent is prepared from (S)-epichlorohydrin in three steps (epoxide ring opening with benzaldehyde imine, imine hydrolysis, and amine protection with di-tert-butyldicarbonate) according to the procedure described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
  • step 2 of Scheme VIII the tert-butyl carbamate (Boc group) is removed to provide the aminomethyl analog.
  • This transformation is conveniently accomplished with hydrochloric acid in dioxane at a temperature in the range of about 0° C. to about 25° C.; however, a person skilled in the art will recognize other deprotection conditions that may be employed.
  • Step 3 of Scheme VIII involves acylation or thioacylation of the amine intermediate using known art.
  • acylations can be performed by reaction of the amine with carboxylic acid anhydrides, esters or acid chlorides. These transformations are usually performed at temperatures between 0° C. and 50° C. in solvents such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, methanol, or mixtures thereof. These reactions are generally performed in the presence of acid-scavenging amines such as triethylamine, pyridine, or potassium carbonate.
  • Thioacylations are accomplished by reaction of the amines from step 2 with dithioesters or thionoesters in the presence of a tertiary amine base such as triethylamine.
  • Preferred solvents for these reactions include tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane or methanol and the reactions are conducted in a temperature range from 20° C. to 50° C.
  • Other thiocarbonyl compounds of Scheme VIII can be prepared according to procedures disclosed in PCT International Publication WO 98/54161, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Step 4 of Scheme VIII represents an optional step or steps that may involve a deprotection step or other reaction to introduce or further elaborate an R 8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R 8 )—.
  • these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • Scheme IX describes the synthesis of claimed compounds that possess a carboxamide substituent at C-5 of the oxazolidinone ring (i.e., where Z is C( ⁇ O)NHR 1 ).
  • the preparation of oxazolidinones with this particular substituent is outlined below in steps 2-4 of Scheme IX and is further described known art in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/359,495, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that this scheme describes a general method that may be applied in the context of any of bicyclic heterocycles described in Schemes III-VII to prepare claimed structures possessing carboxamide substituent at C-5 of the oxazolidinone ring.
  • Step 1 of Scheme IX requires the removal of carbamate protection from intermediates of the type described in Schemes III-VII.
  • the conditions employed for this reaction will depend on the carbamate employed in a particular case. For example, benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) groups can be removed using hydrogenolysis with palladium catalysts whereas tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) groups are effectively removed using hydrochloric acid in solvents such as dioxane, although other similar reagents may also be used.
  • Cbz benzyloxycarbonyl
  • Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl
  • Step 2 of Scheme IX describes the reaction of the substituted aniline intermediate with ethyl (2R)-2,3-epoxypropanoate, available from Acros, or similar reagent to provide an amino alcohol.
  • This reaction may be conducted in the presence of a promoter such as lithium triflate and in solvents such as acetonitrile or dioxane at temperatures of about 30° C. to 100° C.
  • Step 3 of Scheme IX describes the formation of the oxazolidinone ring from the amino alcohol intermediate.
  • This type of reaction is known in the art and is typically conducted with reagents such carbonyldiimidazole or phosgene, with or without the addition of acid scavenging bases such as triethylamine.
  • the reactions can be conducted in solvents such as acetonitrile, dimethylformamide or dichloromethane and at temperatures of about 0° C. to 50° C. and are typically run for about 0.5 hours to about 48 hours, or until the reaction is complete.
  • Step 4 of Scheme IX describes the reaction of ammonia or a primary amine with the ester bearing oxazolidinone formed in the previous step. Reaction of the amine with the ester group provides the desired product possessing carboxamide substitution at C-5. These reactions may be carried out with an excess of the amine in solvents such as methanol, tetrahydrofuran or mixtures thereof and at temperatures of around 0° C. to 50° C.
  • Step 5 of Scheme IX represents an optional step or steps that may involve a deprotection step and/or other reaction to introduce or further elaborate an R 8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R 8 )—.
  • these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • Schemes X-XII below describe general methods for the preparation of claimed compounds in which Z is NH-het 1 , O-het 1 , S-het 1 , or het 2 .
  • the starting materials for this procedure are arylcarbamates (described in Schemes III-VII) and the conversion of these intermediates to the final compounds is known art (see Gravestock, M. B., International Publications WO 99/64417 and WO 00/21960).
  • the structures shown are those in which A is structure (i); however it is understood that analogous procedures may be employed—with some modifications of the synthetic route—when A is structure (ii), (iii), or (iv).
  • Step 1 of Scheme X involves transformation of the aryl carbamate (prepared as described in Schemes III-VII) to a hydroxymethyl-substituted oxazolidinone. Transformations of this type are known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., International Publication WO 95/07271, published on 16 Mar. 1995). This reaction is accomplished with R-( ⁇ )-glycidyl butyrate or a similar glycidyl ester. The reaction is performed in the presence of organic base such as lithium hexamethyldisilylamide in organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, at temperatures of about ⁇ 78° C. to 25° C.
  • organic base such as lithium hexamethyldisilylamide
  • organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran
  • Step 2 of Scheme X the hydroxy group is converted to a displaceable group (Lg) such as alkyl or aryl sulfonate, or halide.
  • a displaceable group such as alkyl or aryl sulfonate, or halide.
  • Lg displaceable group
  • reagents such as methanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, or similar reagents.
  • the reactions may be carried out in organic solvents such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran, and in the presence of acid-scavenging amines such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine a temperature of about 0° C. to 40° C.
  • Step 3 of Scheme X the activated hydroxy compound is reacted with a compound of the formula HN(Pg)het 1 , HOhet 1 , HShet 1 or the corresponding metal alkoxide salts M-N(Pg)het 1 , M-Ohet 1 , M-Shet 1 where M is an alkali metal or another metal known to promote O-alkylation (e.g., silver) and “Pg” is a suitable protecting group.
  • the hydroxymethyl starting material may be reacted directly with compounds of the formula HN(Pg)het 1 , HOhet 1 , HShet 1 (Step A) under Mitsunobu activation using a suitable dialkyl azodicarboxylate reagent and alkyl or aryl phosphine (see Fabiano et. al. Synthesis, 1987, p. 190).
  • a suitable dialkyl azodicarboxylate reagent and alkyl or aryl phosphine see Fabiano et. al. Synthesis, 1987, p. 190.
  • an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R 8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R 8 )—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • An alternative method to prepare 1,2,3-triazoles specifically involves conversion of the hydroxy group to an azide in Step A (as described for step 1 of Scheme VI), followed by cycloaddition with norbornadiene (Step B). Finally, an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R 8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R 8 )—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality,
  • Scheme XII describes an alternative method for the preparation of the analogs described in Schemes X and XI. This method is well known in the art (see, for example, Gravestock, M. B., International Publications WO 99/64417 and WO 00/21960; Gravestock, M. B., Betts, M. J., and Griffin, D. A., International Publications WO 01/81350, which are each incorporated herein in their entirety).
  • Schemes XIII-XV describe the synthesis of arylisoxazolinone and arylisoxazoline compounds bearing bicyclic rings of the type described in Schemes III-VII. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the following schemes describe general methods to prepare claimed structures in which A is (ii) or (iv). These methods may be employed using any of the bicyclic heterocycles described in Schemes III-VII.
  • the starting materials required to prepare these structures are aromatic aldehydes rather than amines and therefore some modifications of the synthetic protocol will be required.
  • the bicyclic heterocycles can be prepared as described above in Schemes III-VII but it is understood that suitable protecting groups should be employed to protect and later reveal sensitive functional groups, in particular the aromatic aldehyde function.
  • Scheme XIII summarizes the synthesis of the requisite substituted benzaldehyde intermediates.
  • the starting materials for this synthesis may include commercially-available terephthaldehyde mono(diethyl acetal) or other substituted analog prepared using known art.
  • the aldehyde starting materials are then converted to bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl ring systems using the procedures described in Schemes III-VII.
  • a final deprotection of the acetal then reveals the desired benzaldehyde intermediate.
  • the removal of acetal protection can be accomplished using various reaction conditions that are well known in the art, (see “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski; publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994).
  • Step 1 of Scheme XIV involves reaction of the bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl benzaldehyde intermediate with ethyl diazoacetate (as described in Mahmood et al., 1998 J. Org. Chem., 63, pgs. 3333-3336) to provide the ester aldehyde intermediate shown.
  • This intermediate is then converted to the corresponding methylacetamide (Step 3) by reaction with N-(hydroxymethyl)acetamide acetate (prepared as described by Barnes et al. in U.S. Pat. No.
  • step 4 an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R 8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R 8 )—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • Scheme XV describes a general method for preparing arylisoxazoline compounds bearing bicyclic heterocycles of the type described in Schemes III-VII.
  • Step 1 of Scheme XV the substituted benzaldehyde is reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in a polar protic solvent, such as methanol, in the presence of a base, such as pyridine, to afford the oxime.
  • a polar protic solvent such as methanol
  • a base such as pyridine
  • Step 2 of Scheme XV the oxime is oxidized with N-chloro-succinamide (NCS) in an appropriate solvent, such as dichloromethane, to give the oximyl chloride.
  • NCS N-chloro-succinamide
  • Step 3 the oximyl chloride is reacted with an allylic compound such as allyl alcohol or N-acetylallylamine, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine and in a solvent such as dichloromethane, to provide hydroxymethyl or acetamidomethyl substituted isoxazolines.
  • the oximyl chloride can be formed in situ and directly treated with the allylic compound (a combination of steps 2 and 3).
  • Step 4 of Scheme XV represents a step or series of steps for preparing compounds in which Z is a group other than NH(C ⁇ O)CH 3 .
  • the hydroxymethyl analog is elaborated to aminomethyl using known art (as described in step 1 of Scheme VI) and this intermediate is then converted to the desired amide or thioamide analogs (as described in step 3 of Scheme VIII).
  • a heterocyclic substituent for analogs where Z is NH-het 1 , O-het 1 , S-het 1 , or het 2
  • step 5 an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R 8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R 8 )—.
  • these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • the compounds of the subject invention exhibit potent activities against a variety of organisms, including gram positive and/or gram negative bacteria. Accordingly, the compounds of the subject invention have broad antibacterial activity.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful antimicrobial agents and may be effective against a number of human and veterinary pathogens, including gram positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply-resistant staphylococci and streptococci , gram negative organisms such as H. influenzae and M. catarrahlis , as well as anaerobic organisms such as bacteroides and clostridia species, and acid-fast organisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium .
  • the compounds of the present invention are effective against infections in any area of the body.
  • the in vitro activity of compounds of the subject invention may be assessed by standard testing procedures such as the determination of minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) by agar dilution as described in “Approved Standard. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically,” 3 rd ed., published 1993 by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory standards, Villanova, Pa., USA.
  • MIC minimum inhibitory concentration
  • the in vitro MICs of test compounds may be determined by a standard agar dilution method.
  • a stock drug solution of each analog is prepared in a preferred solvent, usually DMSO:H 2 O (1:3).
  • Serial 2-fold dilutions of each sample are made using 1.0 mL aliquots of sterile distilled water.
  • To each 1.0 mL aliquot of drug is added 9 mL of molten Mueller Hinton agar medium.
  • the drug-supplemented agar is mixed, poured into 15 ⁇ 100 mm petri dishes, and allowed to solidify and dry prior to inoculation.
  • Vials of each of the test organisms are maintained frozen in the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen freezer. Test cultures are grown overnight at 35° C. on the medium appropriate for the organism. Colonies are harvested with a sterile swab, and cell suspensions are prepared in Trypticase Soy broth (TSB) to equal the turbidity of a 0.5 McFarland standard. A 1:20 dilution of each suspension is made in TSB. The plates containing the drug supplemented agar are inoculated with a 0.001 mL drop of the cell suspension using a Steers replicator, yielding approximately 10 4 to 10 5 cells per spot. The plates are incubated overnight at 35° C.
  • TTB Trypticase Soy broth
  • influenzae UC9213 UC9912 30063 Example # MIC, ⁇ g/mL MIC, ⁇ g/mL MIC, ⁇ g/mL linezolid 4 1 16 1 4 1 32 2 2 0.25 2 3 2 0.25 4 4 4 0.5 4 5 2 0.25 4 6 0.5 0.25 4 7 2 0.5 32 8 4 1 8 9 8 1 8 10 2 0.5 4 11 0.5 0.25 2 12 1 0.5 4 13 1 0.5 8 14 2 0.5 16 15 2 0.5 16 16 4 2 16 17 4 2 8 18 2 0.5 4 19 4 1 8 20 2 2 >64 Administration and Pharmaceutical Formulations
  • the compounds of the subject invention will be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities.
  • the actual amount of the compound of the subject invention, i.e., the active ingredient will depend on a number of factors, such as the severity of the disease, i.e., the infection, to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, and other factors all of which are within the routine skill of the attending clinician.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 50 .
  • Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range which includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • IC 50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the compounds of the subject invention are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • These compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, or parenteral, rectal, transdermal, topical, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal routes. These compounds are effective as both injectable and oral compositions.
  • Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
  • compositions that contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the subject invention above associated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the active ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient.
  • compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
  • the active compound In preparing a formulation, it may be necessary to mill the active compound to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it ordinarily is milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size is normally adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g. about 40 mesh.
  • excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methylcellulose.
  • the formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
  • the compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.
  • the quantity of active component, that is the compound according to the subject invention, in the pharmaceutical composition and unit dosage form thereof may be varied or adjusted widely depending upon the particular application, the potency of the particular compound and the desired concentration.
  • compositions may be formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient.
  • unit dosage forms refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
  • the compound of the subject invention is employed at no more than about 20 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition, generally no more than about 15 weight percent, with the balance being pharmaceutically inert carrier(s).
  • the active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically or therapeutically effective amount. It, will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the severity of the bacterial infection being treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, topically, transdermally, and/or parenterally at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be antibacterially effective.
  • a concentration that is, an amount, or blood-level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be antibacterially effective.
  • such antibacterially or therapeutically effective amount of dosage of active component i.e., an effective dosage
  • an effective dosage will be in the range of about 0.1 to about 100, or about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention.
  • a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention.
  • the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
  • This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
  • the tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • An enteric layer can separate these two components. This layer serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and to permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to provide for delayed release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
  • liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as corn oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
  • the liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra.
  • the compositions may be administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect.
  • Compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
  • Suitable formulations for use in the present invention can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences , Mace Publishing Company, Philadelphia, Pa., 17th ed. (1985).
  • the compounds described herein are suitable for use in a variety of drug delivery systems described above. Additionally, in order to enhance the in vivo serum half-life of the administered compound, the compounds may be encapsulated, introduced into the lumen of liposomes, prepared as a colloid, or other conventional techniques may be employed which provide an extended serum half-life of the compounds.
  • a variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728 and 4,837,028 each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the compounds administered to a patient are in the form of pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile aqueous carrier prior to administration. It will be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of pharmaceutical salts.
  • All of the starting materials used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are known compounds, some of which are commercially available from at least one or more of the following companies: Aldrich, Fluka, Lancaster, Sigma, Chemservice, Bachem, Maybridge, NovaBiochem, Alfa and TCI. Additionally, the term “Aldrich” indicates that the compound or reagent used in the following procedures is commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc., 1001 West Saint Paul Avenue, Milwaukee, Wis. 53233 USA; the term “Acros” indicates that the compound or reagent used in the following procedures is commercially available from Acros Organics distributed by Fisher Scientific 2000 Park Lane Drive, Pittsburgh, Pa.
  • the term “Fluka” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Fluka Chemical Corp., 980 South 2nd Street, Ronkonkoma N.Y. 11779 USA; the term “Lancaster” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., P.O. Box 100 Windham, N.H. 03087 USA; the term “Sigma” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Sigma, P.O. Box 14508, St. Louis Mo.
  • TCI indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from TCI America, 9211 North Harborgate St., Portland, Oreg., 97203, OR, USA; the term “Alfa” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Johnson Matthey Catalog Company, Inc. 30 Bond Street, Ward Hill, Mass. 01835-0747; and the term “Nova Biochem” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from NovaBiochem USA, 10933 North Torrey Pines Road, P.O. Box 12087, La Jolla Calif. 92039-2087.
  • Lithium butoxide solution (3.0 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 3.0 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.35 g, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (0.7 mL) and MeOH (0.081 mL, 2.0 mmol).
  • Solid (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.39 g, 2.0 mmol) was then added and the solution allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h.
  • reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 N HCl and extracted with three portions of dichloromethane. Combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCO 3 , H 2 O, brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ) filtered and concentrated. The resulting orange solid was washed sequentially with hexane and then 30% ethyl acetate-hexane to provide the title compound as a yellow-orange solid (2.7 g). The washings were concentrated and purified by column chromatography (0-30% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide an additional 0.95 g of the product.
  • a THF solution of LiAlH 4 (2.5 mL of a 1.0M solution, 2.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.86 g, 2.5 mmol) in THF (20 mL) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then treated with more LiAlH 4 solution (1.25 mL, 1.25 mmol) and allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (1.51 g, 8.7 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate (1.0 g, 2.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (36 mL) and triethylamine (1.61 mL, 11.6 mmol). The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The solution was then diluted with 30 mL dichloromethane and washed with two portions of saturated NaHCO 3 , brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ). The crude product was passed through a short pad of SiO 2 (eluting with ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound as a white solid that was used directly in the next reaction.
  • the reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated Na 2 S 2 O 3 (2 mL) and water (5 mL).
  • the THF was then removed on the rotary evaporator and the resulting solution extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. Combined organic extracts were then washed with dilute NaHCO 3 , brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ).
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-4% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound as a foam.
  • the resulting solution was then diluted with 125 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with 2.5% NaHCO 3 , dilute aqueous HCl (32 mL of a 1 N solution diluted to 100 mL with H 2 O), again with 2.5% NaHCO 3 , brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-25% ethyl acetate-hexane-1% Et 3 N) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 2.5% NaHCO 3 (back-extracting once) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-2% methanol-dichloromethane) to provide the title compound.
  • Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide (1.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 542 mL, 0.542 mol) was added to a solution of 3,5-difluoroaniline (35 g, 0.271 mol) in THF (60 mL) at 0° C.
  • Isopropyl chloroformate (1M solution in toluene, 406 mL, 0.406 mol) was then added dropwise at 0° C. and the mixture allowed to warm to room temperature over 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ether and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid, water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, 406 mL, 0.406 mol) was then added dropwise at 0° C. and the mixture allowed to warm to room temperature over 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ether and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid, water, saturated 0.271 mol) in THF (60 mL
  • n-Butyllithium (2.5M in hexane, 112 mL, 0.279 mol) was added dropwise at ⁇ 78° C. to a solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-phenylcarbamate (20 g, 0.093 mol) and N,N,N,N-tetramethylethylenediamine (32 mL, 0.214 mol) in 93 mL of THF, and stirred for 30 min. Dimethylformamide (10.8 mL, 0.140 mol) was then added dropwise at ⁇ 78° C., stirred for 1 h, and allowed to warm to ⁇ 20° C. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL).
  • reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, the extracts washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated.
  • the crude product was triturated with hexane to provide the title compound.
  • the combined hexane washings were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to provide additional product.
  • reaction mixture was then poured into 0.5 N HCl and extracted with three portions of dichloromethane. Combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCO 3 , H 2 O, brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ) filtered and concentrated. The resulting orange solid was washed with hexane, 30% ethyl acetate-hexane, and then purified by column chromatography (15-30% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide title compound.
  • a solution of LiAlH 4 (5.2 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 5.2 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (1.61 g, 5.17 mmol) in THF (41 mL) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then treated with more LiAlH 4 solution (2.5 mL, 2.5 mmol) and allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (0.696 g, 4.00 mmol) was added to a suspension of isopropyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3,5-difluorophenylcarbamate (0.50 g, 1.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) and triethylamine (0.848 mL, 6.4 mmol) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 45 minutes and then diluted with more dichloromethane, washed with saturated NaHCO 3 solution, water, brine, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in an ice-cooled bath.
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (1.325 g, 7.62 mmol) was added to a suspension of isopropyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3,5-difluorophenylcarbamate (0.80 g, 2.54 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and triethylamine (1.41 mL, 10.6 mmol) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then treated with more Methanesulfonic anhydride (0.442 g, 2.54 mmol) and allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • Benzyloxyacetyl chloride (0.519 mL, 3.3 mmol) was added to a solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (ca. 2.5 mmol, crude) in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and 10% NaHCO 3 (100 mL). This mixture was stirred vigorously for 1 hr. The aqueous layer was maintained at basic pH and more benzyloxyacetyl chloride (0.519 mL, 3.3 mmol) was added.
  • Lithium butoxide solution (1.02 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 1.02 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.150 g, 0.34 mmol) in DMF (0.23 mL) and MeOH (0.027 mL, 0.68 mmol).
  • Benzyl 4-bromophenylcarbamate (20 g, 65.3 mmol) was taken in anhydrous THF (440 mL) and cooled to ⁇ 78° C.
  • n-BuLi 55 mL, 137.2 mmol
  • DMF 7.6 mL
  • the reaction mixture was quenched with 1 N HCl and then concentrated to remove THF, followed by addition of water.
  • the mixture was extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate.
  • reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 N HCl and extracted with three portions of DCM. Combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCO 3 , H 2 O, brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ) filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-30% EtOAC/hexanes) provided the title compound.
  • Glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (1.66 g, 6.35 mmol) was added to a suspension of benzyl 4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl]phenylcarbamate (1.0 g, 3.53 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL). The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and treated with N,N-dimethylaniline (0.8 mL, 6.35 mmol). After 0.5 h, triethylamine (2.5 mL, 17.6 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred 2 h at 0° C. and warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and water was added.
  • reaction mixture was then concentrated, dissolved in methanol and heated at reflux for 45 min.
  • the reaction mixture was then concentrated and triturated with diethyl ether to provide N-[((5S)-3- ⁇ 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl ⁇ -2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide as a yellow powder.
  • This intermediate was dissolved in dichloromethane (6.0 mL) and triethylamine (0.1 mL, 0.75 mmol) and cooled to 0° C.
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (0.92 g, 5.3 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]phenylcarbamate (0.577 g, 1.76 mmol) in dichloromethane (22 mL) and triethylamine (0.98 mL, 7.05 mmol). The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The solution was then diluted with 30 mL dichloromethane and washed with two portions of saturated NaHCO 3 , brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to provide the bis-mesylate.
  • Lithium butoxide solution (4.1 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 4.1 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.44 g, 1.36 mmol) in DMF (0.91 mL) and MeOH (0.011 mL, 2.72 mmol).
  • Solid (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.53 g, 2.72 mmol) was then added and the solution allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h.
  • Lithium triflate (0.17 g, 1.43 mmol) was added to a suspension of 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluoroaniline (0.18 g, 0.75 mmol) and ethyl (2R)-2,3-epoxypropanoate (0.15 mL, 1.5 mmol) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL). The solution was heated at 60° C. for 18 hours and then treated with additional lithium triflate (70 mg) and epoxide (62 ⁇ L) and stirred at 60° C. for another 20 hours. The solution was then concentrated and purified by column chromatography (25% ⁇ 50% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide the title compound.
  • Phosgene (0.27 mL of a 20% toluene solution, 0.51 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of ethyl (2R)-3-( ⁇ 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl ⁇ amino)-2-hydroxypropanoate (0.14 g, 0.40 mmol) and triethylamine (0.16 mL, 1.2 mmol) in 4 mL of dichloromethane.
  • reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours and then diluted with more dichloromethane and washed with dilute NaHCO 3 , brine and dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound that was used directly without further purification.

Abstract

The present invention provides certain [3.1.0]bicyclic oxazolidinone derivatives of Formula I
Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00001
 I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof that are antibacterial agents, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, methods for their use, and methods for preparing these compounds.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates to novel [3.1.0]bicyclohexyl phenyloxazolidinone derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, methods for their use, and methods for preparing the bicyclic derivatives. These compounds display potent activities against gram-positive and/or gram-negative bacteria.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Due to ever-increasing antibiotic resistance, structurally novel antibacterials with a new mode of action have become increasingly important in the treatment of bacterial infections. Effective antibacterials should exhibit potent activity against a number of human and veterinary pathogens, including gram-positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply-resistant staphylococci and streptococci, anaerobic organisms such as bacteroides and clostridia species, and acid-fast organisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium. The present invention provides structurally novel pharmaceutical compounds with expanded spectrum of antibacterial activity.
  • Among newer antibacterial agents, oxazolidinone compounds are the most recent synthetic class of antimicrobials active against a number of pathogenic microorganisms. However, oxazolidinones generally do not demonstrate useful levels of activity against aerobic gram-negative organisms. Thus, the use of these oxazolidinone antibacterial agents is limited to infectious states caused by gram-positive bacteria. We have now discovered that [3.1.0]bicyclohexylphenyl oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues of the present invention possess enhanced anti-gram-positive activity and/or expand the spectrum of antimicrobial activity to include gram-negative organisms such as Haemophilus influenza and Moraxella catarrhalis.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to novel [3.1.0]bicyclohexyl phenyl-oxazolidinone derivatives that display potent activities against gram-positive and/or gram-negative bacteria. The present invention also relates pharmaceutical compositions, methods of use, and methods for preparing these [3.1.0]bicyclohexyl phenyloxazolidinone derivatives.
  • In one of its composition aspects, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00002
    wherein A is a structure i, ii, iii, or iv
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00003
    where the dashed line in formula iii represents an optional double bond;
      • n is an integer equal to 0 or 1;
      • Y is selected from the group consisting of —SOm—, —O— and —N(R8)—; where m is an integer equal to 0, 1, or 2;
      • Z is selected from the group consisting of —C(═Q)R1, —NHC(═Q)R1, —C(═Q)NHR1, —NHC(═NCN)R1, —NHC(═NNO2)R1, —SO2R1, —NH2, —NH-het1, —O-het1, —S-het1, and -het2;
      • Q is oxygen or sulfur;
      • W is selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —C(═NOH)—, and —C(═NOC1-4alkyl)-;
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —H, OH, —NH2, —NHC1-4alkyl, —C1-4alkyl, —C2-4alkenyl, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4alkyl, —OC1-4alkyl, —SC1-4alkyl, —(CH2)pC3-6cycloalkyl, —CH═CH-aryl, —CH═CH-het1, —CH2C(═O)-aryl, and —CH2C(═O)-het1; where p is an integer equal to 0, 1 or 2;
      • R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of —H and —F;
      • R4 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —Cl, —F; —CH3, —NH2, and —OH;
      • R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of —H and —C1-4alkyl;
      • R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —OH, —NR9R10, —C1-4alkyl, —C3-6cycloalkyl, —C1-4heteroalkyl, -aryl, -het1, —C1-14alkylNR9R10, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4alkyl, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4heteroalkyl, —C(═O)H, —(CH2)pC(═O)OR9, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4alkylOR9, —(CH2)pC(═O)NR9R10, —(CH2)pC(═O)NR9OR10, —(CH2)pC(═NOC1-4alkyl)H, —(CH2)pC(═NOC1-4alkyl)C1-4alkyl, —(CH2)pC(═O)het1, and —(CH2)pC(═NOC1-4alkyl)het1; where p and het1 are as defined herein;
      • where each R9 and R10 are independently —H, —C1-4alkyl, —C3-6cycloalkyl, -aryl, -het1, —C(═O)C1-4alkyl, —C(═O)aryl, —C(═O)het1, —SO2C1-4alkyl, or —SO2NH2;
      • and a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
      • with the proviso that when Y is —O— or —SOm—, then W is —CH2—.
  • In another of its composition aspects, the present invention provides for pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In one of its method aspects, the present invention provides for methods for the treatment of a microbial infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of the compound of Formula I. The compound of Formula I may be administered to the mammal in a pharmaceutical composition either orally, parenterally, transdermally, or topically. The compound may be administered in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight/day. The compound may also be administered in an amount of from about 1 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • In another of its method aspects, the present invention provides for a method for treating gram-negative microbial infections in humans or other warm-blooded animals by administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The compound of Formula I may be administered to the mammal in a pharmaceutical composition either orally, parenterally, transdermally, or topically. The compound of Formula I may be administered in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight/day, or in an amount of from about 1 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • The present invention also provides novel intermediates and processes that are useful for preparing compounds of Formula I.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification and claims have the meanings given below:
  • The carbon atom content of various hydrocarbon-containing moieties is indicated by a prefix designating the minimum and maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e., the prefix Ci-j indicates a moiety of the integer “i” to the integer “j” carbon atoms, inclusive. Thus, for example, C1-7 alkyl refers to alkyl of one to seven carbon atoms, inclusive.
  • The terms alkyl, alkenyl, etc. refer to both straight and branched groups, but reference to an individual radical such as “propyl” embraces only the straight chain radical, a branched chain isomer such as “isopropyl” being specifically referred to. Unless defined otherwise, the term “alkyl” refers to alkyl groups of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the term “alkenyl” refers to alkenyl groups of from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl, alkenyl, etc. group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aryl, het1, or het2. In addition, the functional groups on an alkyl group may optionally be protected using protecting groups well known in the art, such as Boc, Cbz, and the like. For examples of protecting groups and procedures for their introduction and removal see one of the general texts on the subject such as “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski (publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, 1994). Representative examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, —CH═CH-aryl, —CH═CH-het1, —CH2-phenyl, —CH2—OH, —CH2—NHCbz, and the like.
  • The term “alkoxy” refers to the group —O-alkyl, where alkyl is defined herein above.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” means a cyclic saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group of three to seven carbon atoms, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. The cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aryl, het1, or het2. In addition, the functional groups on a cycloalkyl group may optionally be protected using protecting groups well known in the art, such as Boc, Cbz, and the like. For examples of protecting groups and procedures for their introduction and removal see one of the general texts on the subject such as “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski (publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994).
  • The term “heteroalkyl” means an alkyl or cycloalkyl group, as defined above, having at least one atom replaced by a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S(O)q, where q is 0, 1 or 2. The heteroalkyl group may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, thio, aryl, het1, or het2. In addition, the functional groups on a heteroalkyl group may optionally be protected using protecting groups well known in the art, such as Boc, Cbz, and the like. For examples of protecting groups and procedures for their introduction and removal see one of the general texts on the subject such as “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski (publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994). In addition, the heteroalkyl group may be optionally substituted with substituents, including —NRaRb, —ORa, or —S(O)qRc, wherein Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or —COR (where R is alkyl); Rb is hydrogen, alkyl, —SO2R (where R is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl), —SO2NRR′ (where R and R′ are independently of each other hydrogen or alkyl), —CONR′R″ (where R′ and R″ are independently of each other hydrogen or alkyl); q is an integer from 0 to 2; and Rc is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or —NRaRb where Ra and Rb are as defined above. Representative examples include, but are not limited to 2-methoxyethyl (—CH2CH2OCH3), 2-hydroxyethyl (—CH2CH2OH), 2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl (—CH(OH)CH2OH), hydroxymethyl (—CH2OH), 2-aminoethyl (—CH2CH2NH2), 2-dimethylaminoethyl (—CH2CH2NHCH3), 2-morpholinoethyl, benzyloxymethyl, and the like.
  • The term “halo” refers to the halogens, such as fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), or iodo (I).
  • Aryl refers to phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl, optionally substituted with halo, —C1-4 alkyl, —OH, —OC1-4 alkyl, —S(O)qC1-4alkyl wherein q is 0, 1, or 2, —C1-4alkylNH2, —C(═O)H, or —C═N—ORd wherein Rd is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • The term heterocyclic group or ring refers to an aromatic ring or a saturated or unsaturated ring that is not aromatic of 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring. The heterocyclic ring may be optionally substituted with halo, —C1-4 alkyl, —OH, —OC1-4 alkyl, —S(O)qC1-4alkyl wherein q is 0, 1, or 2, —C1-4alkylNH2, —C(═O)H, or —C═N—ORd wherein Rd is hydrogen or alkyl. In addition, one of the carbon atoms of the heterocyclic ring may optionally be replaced by >C═O or >C═S. Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, isoxazolinone, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole, thiadiazole tetrazole, thiazolidine, thiophene, benzo[b]thiophene, morpholine, thiomorpholine, (also referred to as thiamorpholine,), piperidine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, and the like.
  • Specifically, het1 refers to a C-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring, which is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom with one or two substituents independently selected from C1-4alkyl, OC1-4alkyl, amino, C1-4alkylNRaRb, (where Ra and Rb are as defined above) and halogen and/or on an available nitrogen atom (provided that the ring is not thereby quaternized) with C1-4alkyl. Representative examples of “het1” include, but are not limited to, pyridine, thiophene, furan, pyrazole, pyrimidine, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 4-oxo-2-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3-isoxaz-olyl, 4-is-oxaz-olyl, 5-isoxaz-olyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 5-pyrazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 4-oxo-2-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 1,2,3-oxathiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 3-isothiazole, 4-isothiazole, 5-isothiazole, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-isopyrrolyl, 4-isopyrrolyl, 5-isopyrrolyl, 1,2,3,-oxathiazole-1-oxide, 1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-thiadiazol-3-yl, 1,2,5-thiadiazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 3-oxo-1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 1,3,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-oxo-1,3,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-5-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl and 5-isothiazolyl, 1,3,4,-oxadiazole, 4-oxo-2-thiazolinyl, or 5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, thiazoledione, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, or 1,2,4-dithiazolone
  • Specifically, het2 refers to a C-linked or N-linked five- (5) or six- (6) membered heterocyclic ring having 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having one oxygen or sulfur atom, and optionally substituted on an available carbon atom with one or two substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, formyl, —C1-4alkyl, —OC1-4alkyl, —C2-4alkenyl, —OC2-4alkenyl, —C(═O)C1-4alkyl, —C3-6cycloalkyl, —OC3-6cycloalkyl, —C1-4heteroalkyl, —NRaRb, —NRaC(═O)C1-4alkyl, or —NRaC(═O)OC1-4alkyl where Ra and Rb are as defined herein. Representative examples of “het2” include, but are not limited to pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl, and isoxazolidinonyl group.
  • A C-linked heterocyclic ring is a heterocyclic group as defined above wherein the group is attached via a carbon atom of the heterocyclic ring.
  • An N-linked heterocyclic ring is a heterocyclic group as defined above wherein the group is attached via a nitrogen atom of the heterocyclic ring.
  • “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may, but need not, occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, “aryl group optionally mono- or di- substituted with an alkyl group” means that the alkyl may but need not be present, and the description includes situations where the aryl group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the aryl group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
  • Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “isomers”. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”.
  • Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers”. When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (−)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture”.
  • The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)-stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
  • A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a carrier that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. “A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such carrier.
  • A “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. Such salts include:
      • (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4′-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; or
      • (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like.
  • “Treating” or “treatment” of a disease includes:
      • (1) preventing the disease, i.e. causing the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop in a mammal that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease,
      • (2) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its clinical symptoms, or
      • (3) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms.
  • A “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. The “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated.
  • “Leaving group” has the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic organic chemistry i.e., an atom or group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile and includes halogen, alkylsulfonyloxy, ester, or amino such as chloro, bromo, iodo, mesyloxy, tosyloxy, trifluorosulfonyloxy, methoxy, N,O-dimethylhydroxyl-amino, and the like.
  • “Pro-drugs” mean any compound that releases an active parent drug according to a compound of the subject invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of a compound of the subject invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in a compound of the subject invention in such a way that the modifications may be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound. Prodrugs include compounds of the subject invention wherein a hydroxy, sulfhydryl or amino group in the compound is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxyl, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups in compounds of the subject invention, and the like.
  • Mammal refers to human or warm-blooded animals including livestock and companion animals.
  • The compounds of the present invention are generally named according to the IUPAC or CAS nomenclature systems. Abbreviations which are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be used (e.g. “Ph” for phenyl, “Me” for methyl, “Et” for ethyl, “Ac” for “acetyl” “h” for hour or hours and “rt” for room temperature).
    • ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS
  • Within the broadest definition of the present invention, certain compounds of the compounds of formula I may be preferred. Specific and preferred values listed below for radicals, substituents, and ranges, are for illustration only; they do not exclude other defined values or other values within defined ranges for the radicals and substituents.
  • Specifically the term C1-4alkyl can be methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and their isomeric forms thereof.
  • Specifically, C2-4alkenyl can be vinyl, propenyl, allyl, butenyl, and their isomeric forms thereof.
  • Specifically, C3-6cycloalkyl can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and their isomeric forms thereof.
  • Specifically, C1-4heteroalkyl can be hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-morpholinoethyl.
  • Specifically, R1 is C1-4alkyl, optionally substituted with one, two, or three fluoro (F) or chloro (Cl).
  • Specifically, R1 is —CH3, —CHF2, —CF3, —CHCl2, —CH2CF3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CHF2, or —CH2CH2F.
  • Specifically, R1 is —CH═CH-aryl.
  • Specifically, R1 is —CH═CH-het1.
  • Specifically, R1 is —CH2C(═O)C1-4alkyl.
  • Specifically, R4 and R5 are independently —H or —F.
  • Specifically, Y is —N(R8)—.
  • Specifically, R8 is —C(═O)CH2OH or —C(═O)CH(OH)CH2OH.
  • Specifically, Y is —SOm— or —O—.
  • Specifically, Z is —C(═O)NH2.
  • Specifically, m is 1 or 2.
  • Specifically, W is —CH2—.
  • Specifically, R6 and R7 are —H.
  • Specifically, R4 and R5 are independently —H or —F and R6 and R7 are —H.
  • Specifically, het1 is isoxazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, or pyridyl.
  • Specifically, het2 is 1,2,3-triazolyl.
  • Specific compounds of the present invention are those wherein structure i, ii, or iii has an optical configuration as depicted below:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00004
  • The dotted line within structure iii indicates an optional double bond at that position. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that compounds of the present invention may have additional chiral centers and, as such, can be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. The present invention encompasses any racemic, optically active, tautomeric, or stereoisomeric form, or mixture thereof, of a compound of the invention.
  • Other specific compounds of the present invention are the compounds of Formula II:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00005
  • Other specific compounds of the present invention are the compounds of Formula III:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00006
  • Other specific compounds of the present invention are the compounds of Formula IV:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00007
  • Other specific compounds of the present invention are the compounds of Formula V
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00008
  • Other specific compounds of the present invention are the compounds of Formula VI:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00009
  • Other specific compounds of the present invention are the compounds of Formula VII:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00010
  • Other specific compounds of the present invention are the compounds of Formula VIII:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00011
  • A particularly preferred group of compounds includes the following:
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • 2,2-difluoro-N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]ethanethioamide;
    • methyl exo-(1R,5S)-6-(4-{(5S)-5-[(acetylamino)methyl]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl}-2-fluorophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-formyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-((2S)-2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl)-3-azabicyclo [3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • exo-(1R,5S)-6-(4-{(5S)-5-[(acetylamino)methyl]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl}-2-fluorophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxamide;
    • exo-(1R,5S)-6-[4-((5S)-5-{[(2,2-difluoroethanethioyl)amino]methyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)—N-ethyl-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)—N-(2-fluoroethyl)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)—N-ethyl-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
    • (1S,5R,6R)-6-{2-fluoro-4-[(5R)-2-oxo-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl]phenyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one;
    • (1S,5R,6R)-6-{2,6-difluoro-4-[(5R)-2-oxo-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl]phenyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one;
    • N-{[4-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-5-oxoisoxazol-2(5H)-yl]methyl}acetamide;
      and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • The compounds discussed herein are named according to one of the structures set forth below in which the ring positions are numbered according to convention:
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00012
    • 6-(4-{5-[Z2]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl}-2,6-(R4 and/or R5)-phenyl)-3-Y-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-(R8);
      Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00013
    • N-[(3-{3,5-(R4 and/or R5)-4-[3-(R8)-3-Y-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)(CH2)n]-(Z).
      or
    • 3-{3,5-(R4 and/or R5)-4-[3-(R8)-3-Y-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-(Z).
      General Synthetic Schemes
  • The compounds of this invention can be prepared in accordance with one or more of the Schemes discussed below. Further discussions can be found in International Publication WO 02/06278, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • The starting materials, intermediates, and final compounds described in this invention were prepared using common procedures and techniques that are well known to persons of ordinary skill in organic chemistry. These compounds were prepared in accordance with one or more of the following Schemes as described below.
  • It will be appreciated that some of the processes described herein require the use of protective groups to prevent the undesired reactivity of certain substituents. A person skilled in organic chemistry will recognize when such protection may be required and how such groups may be installed and subsequently removed. For examples of protecting groups and procedures for their introduction and removal see one of the general texts on the subject such as “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski (publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994).
  • Chiral intermediates of enantiomeric purity may be prepared using various asymmetric reaction methodologies or, alternatively, by resolution of the racemic mixtures. It is known that the bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl ring systems described herein can exist as either endo or exo diastereomers. When products comprised of bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl ring systems form as mixtures, these diastereomers can be separated by standard techniques of organic chemistry, for example, by silica gel chromatography.
  • Scheme I illustrates two methods for preparing benzaldehyde starting materials required for the preparation of the compounds of this invention. In the first method, a substituted 5-nitrotoluene analog is oxidized to the corresponding benzaldehyde (step 1). This oxidation can be accomplished according to the procedure reported by Gordeev et. al. in U.S. Pat. No. 6,239,152, incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • Step 2 of Scheme I involves reduction of the nitro substituent to an amino substituent. This reduction is generally accomplished by reacting the nitro intermediate with iron metal. The reaction is carried out at temperatures between 60° C. and 90° C. in mixtures of water and alcohol (methanol, ethanol, etc.) as solvent, and in the presence of ammonium chloride. Optionally, reductions of this type are conducted by reaction with other metals such as tin or zinc or by hydrogenation using a palladium or platinum catalyst (see Rylander Hydrogenation Methods; Academic Press: New York, 1985, pp. 104-116). The reaction is run until complete, usually from about 2 hours to about 24 hours.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00014
  • Step 3 of Scheme I involves the introduction of carbamate protection (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc)) on the aniline formed in step 2. This is a standard transformation that is typically carried out by reaction of the amine with benzyl chloroformate, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, or an equivalent reagent (see Kocienski Protecting Groups; Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994, pp. 195-199). The reaction is typically conducted at temperatures between 0° C. and 25° C. in organic solvents such as dichloromethane in the presence of amines such as triethylamine or pyridine and is run until substantially complete, usually 2 hours to 16 hours. Optionally the reaction may be performed in aqueous solutions in the presence of inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide or sodium bicarbonate.
  • A second method for preparing the benzaldehyde starting material begins with a substituted aniline. Step A of Scheme I involves protection of the amino group as a carbamate (e.g., isopropoxycarbonyl or t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc)). This is a standard transformation that is typically carried out by reaction of the amine with isopropyl chloroformate, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, or an equivalent reagent (see Kocienski Protecting Groups; Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994, pp. 195-199). The reaction is typically conducted at temperatures between 0° C. and 25° C. in organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and using a base such as lithium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide and is run until complete, usually 2 hours to about 24 hours.
  • Step B of Scheme I illustrates the introduction of a formyl group para to the carbamate substituent. This reaction is accomplished by formation of the aryl lithium species and subsequent reaction with dimethylformamide or equivalent formylating reagent. The lithiation reaction is typically carried out at temperatures below −50° C. using strong bases such as n-butyllithium or tert-butyllithium, optionally in the presence of additives such as TMEDA (N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylenediamine). The formylating reagent may be added at temperatures below −50° C. and the reaction allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction is run until complete, usually 1 hours to about 3 hours. The product of each step in Scheme I may be used as collected or may be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Scheme II illustrates the conversion of the benzaldehyde starting materials (described in Scheme I) into bis-hydroxymethylcyclopropane intermediates. These intermediates can, in turn, be used to prepare bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane analogs with various heteroatoms at the 3 position of the bicyclic ring.
  • Step 1 of Scheme II involves the reaction of the benzaldehyde starting material with a phosphonate ylide. This reaction, the Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction, is well known to those skilled in the art (for reviews, see Wadsworth in Organic Reactions 1977, 25, pp. 73-253). The ylide is first formed by reaction of a phosphonate (e.g. trimethyl phosphonoacetate) with a strong base such as sodium hydride or n-butyllithium in solvents such as dimethylformamide or tetrahydrofuran. After formation of the ylide, it is reacted with the aldehyde in solvents such as DMSO or DMF for about 4 hours to 20 hours at about 0° C. to about 30° C. to form the desired unsaturated ester product. The product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 2 of Scheme II involves reduction of the unsaturated ester to an allylic alcohol. This is a very common reaction that will be well known to those skilled in the art. The reduction is carried out with reducing agents such as lithium aluminum hydride or sodium borohydride (or an equivalent reagent). The reaction may be conducted for about 1 hour to about 4 hours in ethereal solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether at temperatures between −40 and 25° C. The product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 3 of Scheme II in involves the formation of a diazoester. This is accomplished using glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (prepared as described by C. J. Blankley, F. J. Sauter and H. O. House, Organic Syntheses, Coll. Vol. V, p. 258; John Wiley, New York (1973)). Reaction of this reagent with the allylic alcohol may be carried out according to the procedure described by Myers and Corey (Tetrahedron Letters, 1984, pp. 3559-3562). The product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00015
  • Step 4 of Scheme II involves an intramolecular cyclopropanation reaction. This transformation is usually accomplished with a suitable transition metal catalyst, typically of copper or rhodium (e.g. bis-(N-t-butylsalicyl-aldiminato)copper(II), prepared as described by R. G. Charles in J. Org. Chem. 1957, 22, 677). A solution of the diazoester in toluene, dichloromethane or mixtures thereof is added slowly using a dropping funnel or syringe pump to a refluxing solution of the catalyst in toluene or similar solvent. The reaction may be conducted at concentrations below 0.05M to avoid dimerization of the diazoester and is run until substantially complete, usually from about 12 hours to about 36 hours. The product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 5 of Scheme II involves reduction of the lactone ring to a diol. This reduction can be accomplished using conditions similar to those described above for step 2 of Scheme II. The product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Scheme III describes the preparation of thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl-substituted phenyloxazolidinones starting from the diol intermediate described in Scheme II. Step 1 involves conversion of the alcohol substituents into leaving groups (such as mesylates). These transformations are well known to those skilled in the art and may be performed with reagents such as methanesulfonic anhydride, methanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, or equivalent reagents. The reactions may be carried out for about 0.5 hours to about 2 hours in organic solvents such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran, and in the presence of acid-scavenging amines such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine a temperature of about 0° C. to 40° C. The product of this reaction may be used in the next reaction as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
  • Step 2 of Scheme III describes a cyclization reaction in which the bis-mesylate prepared in step 1 is reacted with a nucleophilic sulfur source to form the thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane ring. This reaction is generally conducted with sodium sulfide in dipolar aprotic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide.
  • Step 3 of Scheme III illustrates the construction of the oxazolidinone ring from the aryl carbamate. Transformations of this type are known art (see, e.g., International Publication WO 95/07271, published on 16 Mar. 1995). In step 3 the oxazolidinone synthesis is performed with S-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl. This reagent is prepared from (S)-epichlorohydrin in three steps (epoxide ring opening with benzaldehyde imine, imine hydrolysis, and peracylation with acetic anhydride) according to the procedure described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/982,157, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. The reaction of this reagent with aryl carbamates is to afford the acetylaminomethyl-substituted oxazolidinone. The reaction is performed in the presence of an organic base such as lithium tert-butoxide, in a polar organic solvent such as dimethylformamide, at temperatures of about 0° C. to 25° C.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00016
  • Step 4 of Scheme III involves an optional oxidation of the sulfur atom to form a sulfoxide or sulfone. These transformations will be well known to one skilled in the art and a variety of reagents are available (for a review see Hudlicky in Oxidations in Organic Chemistry; American Chemical Society: Washington, 1990, pp 252-263). Sulfoxides are formed as a pair of diastereomers that are often separable using flash column or preparative thin layer chromatography. The oxidation to sulfoxide may be conducted with sodium periodate in water-alcohol mixtures. Oxidation to sulfone may be carried out with peracetic acid in aqueous tetrahydrofuran. These reactions are typically carried out at temperatures of about 0° C. to 25° C.
  • Scheme IV describes the preparation of azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl-substituted phenyloxazolidinones starting from the diol intermediate described in Scheme II. Step 1 involves conversion of the alcohol substituents into leaving groups (such as mesylates). This transformation is conducted as described above for step 1 of Scheme III.
  • Step 2 of Scheme IV describes a cyclization reaction in which the bis-mesylate prepared in step 1 is reacted with a nucleophilic amine source such as 4-methoxybenzylamine or similar amine. This reaction is conducted neat, using the amine as solvent and at temperatures of around 0 to 30° C. The choice of amine is important in that the subsequent deprotection step (step 4) should be facile.
  • Step 3 of Scheme IV involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00017
  • Step 4 of Scheme IV involves deprotection of the tertiary amine to reveal the free secondary azabicyclic amine. The choice of reagent for this deprotection will depend on the amine used for cyclization in step 2. It is understood that a person skilled in the art will select the appropriate deprotection conditions for the amine chosen. In this example, removal of the 4-methoxybenzylamine group can be accomplished by hydrogenolysis. Hydrogenolysis reactions are well known and are typically carried out using palladium catalysts, of which several varieties are available, and under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas. Removal of the p-methoxybenzyl group may be conducted using palladium hydroxide on carbon as catalyst and a solvent system of methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, or mixtures thereof. These reactions are typically carried out at temperatures of about 15° C. to 35° C. For analogs lacking fluorine substitution on the aromatic ring, an alternate procedure may be employed, involving reaction with 1-chloroethyl chloroformate or similar reagent in the presence of amine scavenging bases such as triethylamine and in solvents such as dichloromethane (see Olofson et al. in J. Org. Chem. 1984, pp 2081-2082 and Yang et al. in Synlett, 1993, pp 195-196). This alternative procedure circumvents the problem of cyclopropane ring-opening that is sometimes encountered in the des-fluoro aromatic analogs.
  • Step 5 of Scheme IV represents a coupling step in which the free secondary amine is reacted with alkylating, acylating, sulfonylating, or other reagents to introduce substituents represented generically as R8. Coupling reactions of amines are very common reactions in synthetic organic chemistry and will be well known to those of average ability in the art. In an illustrative example leading to a preferred structure, the amine is reacted with benzyloxyacetyl chloride in dichloromethane and triethylamine to form the benzyloxyacetamide.
  • Step 6 of Scheme IV represents an optional step or steps that may involve a deprotection step or other reaction to further elaborate the R8 substituent introduced in step 5. Those skilled in the art will be able to select appropriate conditions for removing given protecting groups or for further elaboration of a given R8 substituent. As an illustrative example, the benzyloxyacetamide formed in step 5 is subjected to hydrogenolysis with a palladium catalyst to reveal the desired hydroxyacetamide-substituted azabicyclic phenyloxazolidinone.
  • Scheme V describes the preparation of oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl-substituted phenyloxazolidinones starting from the diol intermediate described in Scheme II. Conceptually this reaction involves the conversion of one of the hydroxy substituents into a suitable leaving group and subsequent intramolecular displacement of the leaving group by the other hydroxy group or its alkoxide form. A person skilled in the art will recognize possible strategies for this cyclization including activation of the alcohol under Mitsunobu conditions. This reaction can be accomplished in a one-pot reaction (step 1). Initial reaction with about two equivalents of a base such as n-butyllithium is followed by reaction with one to two equivalents of an activating reagent, such as, methanesulfonyl chloride. Additional base is then added (about one equivalent) to effect cyclization and form the oxabicyclic ring. This reaction is typically conducted in ethereal solvent such as THF and at temperature of about −30 to −60° C. for about 1 hour to 3 hours. The product may be used as collected or may first be purified using conventional techniques such as preparative TLC or HPLC, chromatography, precipitation, crystallization and the like.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00018
  • Step 2 of Scheme V involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III.
  • Scheme VI describes the preparation of claimed structures in which Y is —N(R8)— and W is C═O, Step 1 of Scheme VI represents a step or steps for converting the allylic alcohol described in Scheme II to an allylic amine. This well-known transformation may be performed by initial activation of the hydroxy group as an alkyl or aryl sulfonate, halide, or optionally by Mitsunobu-type activation (see Fabiano et al. Synthesis, 1987, p. 190). These reactions are well known to those skilled in the art and may be performed with reagents such as methanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, or with dialkyl azodicarboxylates (for Mitsunobu reactions). Next the activated alcohol is reacted with a nucleophilic nitrogen source. For reactions of alkyl or aryl sulfonates this is usually accomplished by reaction with an azide salt (e.g., sodium azide) in polar solvents such as acetone or dimethyl sulfoxide (optionally with added water) and at temperatures of about 50° C. to 120° C. For Mitsunobu activation, hydrazoic acid is commonly employed as a nucleophilic nitrogen sources. Finally, the azide is reduced to the amine, a transformation that can be accomplished with a variety of inorganic reducing agents or by catalytic hydrogenation. An alternative and selective reduction of azides is accomplished by reaction with phosphines (Staudinger reaction).
  • In step 2 of Scheme VI, the allylic amine is converted to a diazo acetamide. This conversion may be accomplished using the procedure described by Doyle et al. (see J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117, pp 5763-5775) although other methods may also be employed.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00019
  • Step 3 of Scheme VI describes an intramolecular cyclopropanation reaction and may be accomplished as described above for step 4 of Scheme II.
  • Step 4 of Scheme VI involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III.
  • Step 5 of Scheme VI represents an optional step or steps that may involve the introduction and further elaboration of the R8 substituent. For example, these reactions may involve alkylation or similar functionalization of the lactam ring nitrogen using known processes.
  • Scheme VII involves an alternate route for the preparation of analogs in which the preparation of claimed structures in which Y is —N(R8)— and W is C═O. The starting material for this method is the lactone described in Scheme II. In step 1 of Scheme VI, the lactone is reacted with a suitable amine nucleophile such as benzyl or 4-methoxybenzylamine, opening the lactone ring to give an amide. This is a well known reaction in organic chemistry and may be accomplished in a variety of alcoholic or polar aprotic solvents at temperatures from about 25° C. to 100° C.
  • Step 2 of Scheme VII describes involves cyclization of the amido alcohol to reform a lactam ring. These reactions are known and are often accomplished by activating the alcohol with reagents such as mesyl chloride (e.g., see Haddad, M. et al in J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 5680-5683) or by Mitsunobu-type activation (e.g., see Ma, D. et. al. in Tet. Lett. 1998, 9067-9068).
  • Step 3 of Scheme VII involves construction of the oxazolidinone ring. This transformation is conducted as described above for step 3 of Scheme III or as described in Scheme VIII.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00020
  • Steps 4 and 5 of Scheme VII represent an optional step or steps that may involve removal of a substituent on the amide nitrogen (e.g. a benzyl group) and the introduction and further elaboration of an R8 substituent. For example, these reactions may involve alkylation or similar functionalization of the lactam ring nitrogen using known methods.
  • Scheme VIII describes a general synthesis of aryloxazolidinone compounds substituted at C-5 of the oxazolidinone with substituents other than simple acetylaminomethyl. In step 1 of Scheme VIII, the aryl carbamate analogs (described in Schemes III-VII) are reacted with (3-chloro-2-hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. This reagent is prepared from (S)-epichlorohydrin in three steps (epoxide ring opening with benzaldehyde imine, imine hydrolysis, and amine protection with di-tert-butyldicarbonate) according to the procedure described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/982,157, which is incorporated herein in it entirety. The reaction of this reagent with aryl carbamates is performed in the presence of an organic base such as lithium tert-butoxide, in a polar organic solvent such as dimethylformamide, at temperatures of about 0° C. to 25° C.
  • In step 2 of Scheme VIII, the tert-butyl carbamate (Boc group) is removed to provide the aminomethyl analog. This transformation is conveniently accomplished with hydrochloric acid in dioxane at a temperature in the range of about 0° C. to about 25° C.; however, a person skilled in the art will recognize other deprotection conditions that may be employed.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00021
  • Step 3 of Scheme VIII involves acylation or thioacylation of the amine intermediate using known art. Hence, acylations can be performed by reaction of the amine with carboxylic acid anhydrides, esters or acid chlorides. These transformations are usually performed at temperatures between 0° C. and 50° C. in solvents such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, methanol, or mixtures thereof. These reactions are generally performed in the presence of acid-scavenging amines such as triethylamine, pyridine, or potassium carbonate. Thioacylations are accomplished by reaction of the amines from step 2 with dithioesters or thionoesters in the presence of a tertiary amine base such as triethylamine. Preferred solvents for these reactions include tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane or methanol and the reactions are conducted in a temperature range from 20° C. to 50° C. Other thiocarbonyl compounds of Scheme VIII can be prepared according to procedures disclosed in PCT International Publication WO 98/54161, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Step 4 of Scheme VIII represents an optional step or steps that may involve a deprotection step or other reaction to introduce or further elaborate an R8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R8)—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • Scheme IX describes the synthesis of claimed compounds that possess a carboxamide substituent at C-5 of the oxazolidinone ring (i.e., where Z is C(═O)NHR1). The preparation of oxazolidinones with this particular substituent is outlined below in steps 2-4 of Scheme IX and is further described known art in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/359,495, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that this scheme describes a general method that may be applied in the context of any of bicyclic heterocycles described in Schemes III-VII to prepare claimed structures possessing carboxamide substituent at C-5 of the oxazolidinone ring. A person skilled in the art will also recognize that some modifications of the synthetic protocol may be required if certain functional groups are incompatible with the methods described. In these cases, suitable protecting groups may be employed to protect these functional groups from participating in undesired reactions, see “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski (publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994).
  • Step 1 of Scheme IX requires the removal of carbamate protection from intermediates of the type described in Schemes III-VII. The conditions employed for this reaction will depend on the carbamate employed in a particular case. For example, benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) groups can be removed using hydrogenolysis with palladium catalysts whereas tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) groups are effectively removed using hydrochloric acid in solvents such as dioxane, although other similar reagents may also be used. These examples are only illustrative and it is understood that other carbamate protecting groups and deprotection conditions may be employed.
  • Step 2 of Scheme IX describes the reaction of the substituted aniline intermediate with ethyl (2R)-2,3-epoxypropanoate, available from Acros, or similar reagent to provide an amino alcohol. This reaction may be conducted in the presence of a promoter such as lithium triflate and in solvents such as acetonitrile or dioxane at temperatures of about 30° C. to 100° C.
  • Step 3 of Scheme IX describes the formation of the oxazolidinone ring from the amino alcohol intermediate. This type of reaction is known in the art and is typically conducted with reagents such carbonyldiimidazole or phosgene, with or without the addition of acid scavenging bases such as triethylamine. The reactions can be conducted in solvents such as acetonitrile, dimethylformamide or dichloromethane and at temperatures of about 0° C. to 50° C. and are typically run for about 0.5 hours to about 48 hours, or until the reaction is complete.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00022
  • Step 4 of Scheme IX describes the reaction of ammonia or a primary amine with the ester bearing oxazolidinone formed in the previous step. Reaction of the amine with the ester group provides the desired product possessing carboxamide substitution at C-5. These reactions may be carried out with an excess of the amine in solvents such as methanol, tetrahydrofuran or mixtures thereof and at temperatures of around 0° C. to 50° C.
  • Step 5 of Scheme IX represents an optional step or steps that may involve a deprotection step and/or other reaction to introduce or further elaborate an R8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R8)—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • Schemes X-XII below describe general methods for the preparation of claimed compounds in which Z is NH-het1, O-het1, S-het1, or het2. The starting materials for this procedure are arylcarbamates (described in Schemes III-VII) and the conversion of these intermediates to the final compounds is known art (see Gravestock, M. B., International Publications WO 99/64417 and WO 00/21960). The structures shown are those in which A is structure (i); however it is understood that analogous procedures may be employed—with some modifications of the synthetic route—when A is structure (ii), (iii), or (iv).
  • Step 1 of Scheme X involves transformation of the aryl carbamate (prepared as described in Schemes III-VII) to a hydroxymethyl-substituted oxazolidinone. Transformations of this type are known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., International Publication WO 95/07271, published on 16 Mar. 1995). This reaction is accomplished with R-(−)-glycidyl butyrate or a similar glycidyl ester. The reaction is performed in the presence of organic base such as lithium hexamethyldisilylamide in organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, at temperatures of about −78° C. to 25° C.
  • In Step 2 of Scheme X, the hydroxy group is converted to a displaceable group (Lg) such as alkyl or aryl sulfonate, or halide. These reactions are well known to those skilled in the art and may be performed with reagents such as methanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, or similar reagents. The reactions may be carried out in organic solvents such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran, and in the presence of acid-scavenging amines such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine a temperature of about 0° C. to 40° C.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00023
  • In Step 3 of Scheme X, the activated hydroxy compound is reacted with a compound of the formula HN(Pg)het1, HOhet1, HShet1 or the corresponding metal alkoxide salts M-N(Pg)het1, M-Ohet1, M-Shet1 where M is an alkali metal or another metal known to promote O-alkylation (e.g., silver) and “Pg” is a suitable protecting group. Alternatively, the hydroxymethyl starting material may be reacted directly with compounds of the formula HN(Pg)het1, HOhet1, HShet1 (Step A) under Mitsunobu activation using a suitable dialkyl azodicarboxylate reagent and alkyl or aryl phosphine (see Fabiano et. al. Synthesis, 1987, p. 190). Finally, an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R8)—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • The synthesis of analogs in which Z is het2 may be accomplished as shown in Scheme XI. Preparation of these analogs from hydroxymethyl oxazolidinones is known art (see Gravestock, M. B., Betts, M. J., and Griffin, D. A., International Publications WO 01/81350). In Step 1, the hydroxy group is converted to a displaceable group (Lg) such as alkyl or aryl sulfonate, bromide, or iodide using known art. In Step 2, this intermediate is reacted with het2-H in the free base form or as the anion het2-formed from the free base. An alternative method to prepare 1,2,3-triazoles specifically involves conversion of the hydroxy group to an azide in Step A (as described for step 1 of Scheme VI), followed by cycloaddition with norbornadiene (Step B). Finally, an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R8)—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality,
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00024
  • Scheme XII describes an alternative method for the preparation of the analogs described in Schemes X and XI. This method is well known in the art (see, for example, Gravestock, M. B., International Publications WO 99/64417 and WO 00/21960; Gravestock, M. B., Betts, M. J., and Griffin, D. A., International Publications WO 01/81350, which are each incorporated herein in their entirety). Reaction of aryl carbamate intermediates (described in Schemes III-VII) with epoxides of the formula CH2(O)CHCH2-het2, CH2(O)CHCH2—NHhet1, CH2(O)CHCH2—O-het1, or CH2(O)CHCH2—S-het1 provides the desired compounds. Finally, an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R8)—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00025
  • Schemes XIII-XV describe the synthesis of arylisoxazolinone and arylisoxazoline compounds bearing bicyclic rings of the type described in Schemes III-VII. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the following schemes describe general methods to prepare claimed structures in which A is (ii) or (iv). These methods may be employed using any of the bicyclic heterocycles described in Schemes III-VII. The starting materials required to prepare these structures are aromatic aldehydes rather than amines and therefore some modifications of the synthetic protocol will be required. The bicyclic heterocycles can be prepared as described above in Schemes III-VII but it is understood that suitable protecting groups should be employed to protect and later reveal sensitive functional groups, in particular the aromatic aldehyde function.
  • Scheme XIII summarizes the synthesis of the requisite substituted benzaldehyde intermediates. The starting materials for this synthesis may include commercially-available terephthaldehyde mono(diethyl acetal) or other substituted analog prepared using known art. The aldehyde starting materials are then converted to bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl ring systems using the procedures described in Schemes III-VII. A final deprotection of the acetal then reveals the desired benzaldehyde intermediate. The removal of acetal protection can be accomplished using various reaction conditions that are well known in the art, (see “Protecting Groups” by Philip J. Kocienski; publisher: Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, 1994).
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00026
  • Step 1 of Scheme XIV involves reaction of the bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl benzaldehyde intermediate with ethyl diazoacetate (as described in Mahmood et al., 1998 J. Org. Chem., 63, pgs. 3333-3336) to provide the ester aldehyde intermediate shown. Addition of hydroxylamine, followed by warming to reflux in aqueous methanol, yields the arylisoxazolinone (Step 2). This intermediate is then converted to the corresponding methylacetamide (Step 3) by reaction with N-(hydroxymethyl)acetamide acetate (prepared as described by Barnes et al. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,284,863, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety) in a polar aprotic solvent such as DMF. In step 4, an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R8)—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00027
  • Scheme XV describes a general method for preparing arylisoxazoline compounds bearing bicyclic heterocycles of the type described in Schemes III-VII. In Step 1 of Scheme XV the substituted benzaldehyde is reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in a polar protic solvent, such as methanol, in the presence of a base, such as pyridine, to afford the oxime.
  • In Step 2 of Scheme XV, the oxime is oxidized with N-chloro-succinamide (NCS) in an appropriate solvent, such as dichloromethane, to give the oximyl chloride. In Step 3, the oximyl chloride is reacted with an allylic compound such as allyl alcohol or N-acetylallylamine, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine and in a solvent such as dichloromethane, to provide hydroxymethyl or acetamidomethyl substituted isoxazolines. Alternatively, the oximyl chloride can be formed in situ and directly treated with the allylic compound (a combination of steps 2 and 3).
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00028
  • Step 4 of Scheme XV represents a step or series of steps for preparing compounds in which Z is a group other than NH(C═O)CH3. First, the hydroxymethyl analog is elaborated to aminomethyl using known art (as described in step 1 of Scheme VI) and this intermediate is then converted to the desired amide or thioamide analogs (as described in step 3 of Scheme VIII). Alternatively, a heterocyclic substituent (for analogs where Z is NH-het1, O-het1, S-het1, or het2) may be introduced from hydroxymethyl or azidomethyl intermediates using known art (as described in Schemes X-XII). In step 5, an optional step or steps may be required to introduce or further elaborate an R8 substituent in cases where Y is —N(R8)—. In cases were Y is S, these optional steps may constitute oxidation steps to form sulfoxide or sulfone functionality.
  • Utility and Testing
  • The compounds of the subject invention exhibit potent activities against a variety of organisms, including gram positive and/or gram negative bacteria. Accordingly, the compounds of the subject invention have broad antibacterial activity. Thus, the compounds of the present invention are useful antimicrobial agents and may be effective against a number of human and veterinary pathogens, including gram positive aerobic bacteria such as multiply-resistant staphylococci and streptococci, gram negative organisms such as H. influenzae and M. catarrahlis, as well as anaerobic organisms such as bacteroides and clostridia species, and acid-fast organisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium avium. In addition the compounds of the present invention are effective against infections in any area of the body.
  • The in vitro activity of compounds of the subject invention may be assessed by standard testing procedures such as the determination of minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) by agar dilution as described in “Approved Standard. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically,” 3rd ed., published 1993 by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory standards, Villanova, Pa., USA.
  • The in vitro MICs of test compounds may be determined by a standard agar dilution method. A stock drug solution of each analog is prepared in a preferred solvent, usually DMSO:H2O (1:3). Serial 2-fold dilutions of each sample are made using 1.0 mL aliquots of sterile distilled water. To each 1.0 mL aliquot of drug is added 9 mL of molten Mueller Hinton agar medium. The drug-supplemented agar is mixed, poured into 15×100 mm petri dishes, and allowed to solidify and dry prior to inoculation.
  • Vials of each of the test organisms are maintained frozen in the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen freezer. Test cultures are grown overnight at 35° C. on the medium appropriate for the organism. Colonies are harvested with a sterile swab, and cell suspensions are prepared in Trypticase Soy broth (TSB) to equal the turbidity of a 0.5 McFarland standard. A 1:20 dilution of each suspension is made in TSB. The plates containing the drug supplemented agar are inoculated with a 0.001 mL drop of the cell suspension using a Steers replicator, yielding approximately 104 to 105 cells per spot. The plates are incubated overnight at 35° C.
  • Following incubation the Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC μg/mL), the lowest concentration of drug that inhibits visible growth of the organism, is read and recorded. The data is shown in Table I. The compounds of Example 1 to Example 20 were tested using this method and all showed an MIC of 8 pg/mL or less against S. aureus UC9213, 2 μg/mL or less against S. pneumoniae UC9912 and 16 μg/mL or less against H. influenzae 30063, with the exception of the compounds of examples 1 and 7 which were 32 μg/mL or less and the compound of example 20 which was >64 μg/mL.
    TABLE 1
    Antimicrobial activity of selected compounds.
    S. aureus S. pneumoniae H. influenzae
    UC9213 UC9912 30063
    Example # MIC, μg/mL MIC, μg/mL MIC, μg/mL
    linezolid 4 1 16
    1 4 1 32
    2 2 0.25 2
    3 2 0.25 4
    4 4 0.5 4
    5 2 0.25 4
    6 0.5 0.25 4
    7 2 0.5 32
    8 4 1 8
    9 8 1 8
    10 2 0.5 4
    11 0.5 0.25 2
    12 1 0.5 4
    13 1 0.5 8
    14 2 0.5 16
    15 2 0.5 16
    16 4 2 16
    17 4 2 8
    18 2 0.5 4
    19 4 1 8
    20 2 2 >64

    Administration and Pharmaceutical Formulations
  • In general, the compounds of the subject invention will be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities. The actual amount of the compound of the subject invention, i.e., the active ingredient, will depend on a number of factors, such as the severity of the disease, i.e., the infection, to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, and other factors all of which are within the routine skill of the attending clinician.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range which includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of the subject invention are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, or parenteral, rectal, transdermal, topical, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal routes. These compounds are effective as both injectable and oral compositions. Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
  • This invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions that contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the subject invention above associated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In making the compositions of this invention, the active ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
  • In preparing a formulation, it may be necessary to mill the active compound to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it ordinarily is milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size is normally adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g. about 40 mesh.
  • Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methylcellulose. The formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.
  • The quantity of active component, that is the compound according to the subject invention, in the pharmaceutical composition and unit dosage form thereof may be varied or adjusted widely depending upon the particular application, the potency of the particular compound and the desired concentration.
  • The compositions may be formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient. The term “unit dosage forms” refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. The compound of the subject invention is employed at no more than about 20 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition, generally no more than about 15 weight percent, with the balance being pharmaceutically inert carrier(s).
  • The active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically or therapeutically effective amount. It, will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the severity of the bacterial infection being treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like. In therapeutic use for treating, or combating, bacterial infections in warm-blooded animals, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, topically, transdermally, and/or parenterally at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be antibacterially effective. Generally, such antibacterially or therapeutically effective amount of dosage of active component (i.e., an effective dosage) will be in the range of about 0.1 to about 100, or about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
  • The tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. An enteric layer can separate these two components. This layer serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and to permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to provide for delayed release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
  • The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as corn oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra. The compositions may be administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
  • Suitable formulations for use in the present invention can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Company, Philadelphia, Pa., 17th ed. (1985).
  • As noted above, the compounds described herein are suitable for use in a variety of drug delivery systems described above. Additionally, in order to enhance the in vivo serum half-life of the administered compound, the compounds may be encapsulated, introduced into the lumen of liposomes, prepared as a colloid, or other conventional techniques may be employed which provide an extended serum half-life of the compounds. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728 and 4,837,028 each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • As noted above, the compounds administered to a patient are in the form of pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile aqueous carrier prior to administration. It will be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of pharmaceutical salts.
  • The following synthetic and biological examples are offered to illustrate this invention and are not to be construed in any way as limiting the scope of this invention.
    • EXAMPLES
  • In the discussion above and in the examples below, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. If an abbreviation is not defined, it has its generally accepted meaning.
    bm = broad multiplet
    bd = broad doublet
    bs = broad singlet
    bt = broad triplet
    ca. = about
    CDI =
    Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-P00801
    carbodiimidazole
    d = doublet
    dd = doublet of doublets
    dt = doublet of triplets
    DMF = dimethylformamide
    DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
    eq. = equivalents
    g = grams
    h = hours
    hept = heptuplet
    HPLC = high pressure liquid chromatography
    HATU = N-[(dimethylamino)-1H-1,2,3-triazolo-[4,5-b]pyridin-
    1-yl-methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium
    hexafluorophosphate N-oxide
    LiOtBu = lithium tert-butoxide
    m = multiplet
    M = molar
    mg = milligram
    mL = milliliter
    mm = millimeter
    mmol = millimol
    q = quartet
    s = singlet
    t = triplet
    tt = triplet of triplets
    TFA = trifluoroacetic acid
    THF = tetrahydrofuran
    TLC = thin layer chromatography
    p-TLC = preparative thin layer chromatography
    μM = micromolar
    N = normality
    MeOH = methanol
    DCM = dichloromethane
    HCl = hydrochloric acid
    ACN = acetonitrile
    MS = mass spectrometry
    rt = room temperature
    EtOAc = ethyl acetate
    EtO = ethoxy
    Ac = acetate
    μL = microliter
    J = coupling constant
    NMR = Nuclear magnetic resonance
    MHz = megahertz
    Hz = hertz
    m/z = mass to charge ratio
    min = minutes
    Boc = tert-butoxycarbonyl
    CBZ = benzyloxycarbonyl
  • All of the starting materials used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are known compounds, some of which are commercially available from at least one or more of the following companies: Aldrich, Fluka, Lancaster, Sigma, Chemservice, Bachem, Maybridge, NovaBiochem, Alfa and TCI. Additionally, the term “Aldrich” indicates that the compound or reagent used in the following procedures is commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc., 1001 West Saint Paul Avenue, Milwaukee, Wis. 53233 USA; the term “Acros” indicates that the compound or reagent used in the following procedures is commercially available from Acros Organics distributed by Fisher Scientific 2000 Park Lane Drive, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15275; the term “Fluka” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Fluka Chemical Corp., 980 South 2nd Street, Ronkonkoma N.Y. 11779 USA; the term “Lancaster” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., P.O. Box 100 Windham, N.H. 03087 USA; the term “Sigma” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Sigma, P.O. Box 14508, St. Louis Mo. 63178 USA; the term “Chemservice” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Chemservice Inc., Westchester, Pa., USA; the term “Bachem” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Bachem Bioscience Inc., 3700 Horizon Drive, Renaissance at Gulph Mills, King of Prussia, Pa. 19406 USA; the term “Maybridge” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Maybridge Chemical Co. Trevillett, Tintagel, Cornwall PL34 OHW United Kingdom; and the term “TCI” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from TCI America, 9211 North Harborgate St., Portland, Oreg., 97203, OR, USA; the term “Alfa” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Johnson Matthey Catalog Company, Inc. 30 Bond Street, Ward Hill, Mass. 01835-0747; and the term “Nova Biochem” indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from NovaBiochem USA, 10933 North Torrey Pines Road, P.O. Box 12087, La Jolla Calif. 92039-2087.
  • In the examples below, all temperatures are in degrees Celsius (unless otherwise indicated) and the following general procedures were used to prepare the compounds as indicated.
    • Example 1 N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00029
  • Lithium butoxide solution (3.0 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 3.0 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.35 g, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (0.7 mL) and MeOH (0.081 mL, 2.0 mmol). Solid (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.39 g, 2.0 mmol) was then added and the solution allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 mL) was added, along with 10 mL of H2O and 10 mL of brine. The solution was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.24 g (68%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=351
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.93 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, 3H), 2.47 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 3.08-3.21 (m, 4H), 3.59-3.77 (m, 3H), 4.02 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.75-4.80 (m, 1H), 6.14 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=12, 2 Hz, 1H)
  • mp=177-178° C.
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 1 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. benzyl 3-fluoro-4-formylphenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00030
  • Ammonium chloride (38 g, 0.71 mol) was added to a solution of 2-fluoro-4-nitrobenzaldehyde (12 g, 0.071 mol, prepared as described by Gordeev, et. al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,239,152, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) in 2:1 ethanol-H2O (300 mL). The mixture was heated to 80° C. and treated with iron metal in 6 portions over 1 hour (11.9 g total, 0.212 mmol). After the addition was complete the reaction mixture was stirred another hour and the warm solution filtered with the aid of more water and ethanol. The filtrate was then concentrated to remove ethanol and the resulting aqueous solution extracted thrice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to provide 9.6 g of the crude amine.
  • The crude amine (9.6 g, 0.069 mol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (230 mL) and pyridine (11.1 mL, 0.138 mol) and the solution cooled to 0° C. The solution was then treated with benzyl chloroformate (11.8 mL, 0.083 mol) dropwise and the solution stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with more dichloromethane and the organic solution washed thrice with water, once with brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Trituration with hexane provided the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 15 g (77%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 5.23 (s, 2H), 6.99 (bs, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 5H), 7.57 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 10.23 (s, 1H).
    • II. methyl (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-2-fluorophenyl)acrylate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00031
  • Sodium hydride (0.513 g of a 60% dispersion, 12.8 mmol) was placed in a flask and washed three times with hexane. The resulting solid was suspended in DMF (10 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Trimethyl phosphonoacetate (2.2 mL, 13.5 mmol) was added dropwise to this suspension to give a clear homogeneous solution. After stirring for another 15 minutes at 0° C., a solution of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-formylphenylcarbamate (3.5 g, 12.8 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting orange suspension was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 N HCl and extracted with three portions of dichloromethane. Combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCO3, H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4) filtered and concentrated. The resulting orange solid was washed sequentially with hexane and then 30% ethyl acetate-hexane to provide the title compound as a yellow-orange solid (2.7 g). The washings were concentrated and purified by column chromatography (0-30% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide an additional 0.95 g of the product.
  • Yield 3.66 g (87%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 3.71 (s, 3H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.55 (dd, J=16.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.50 (m, 6H), 7.63 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 10.3 (bs, 1H)
  • mp=157-158° C.
    • III. benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00032
  • A THF solution of LiAlH4 (10.2 mL of a 1.0 M solution, 10.2 mmol) was added to a cooled (−78° C.) solution of methyl (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-2-fluorophenyl)acrylate (3.35 g, 10.2 mmol) in THF (50 mL). The solution was allowed to warm slowly to −20° C. and maintained at that temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by slow addition of saturated NH4Cl and then treated with 30 mL of dilute citric acid. The resulting solution was stirred for 15 minutes and then extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. Combined organic phases were washed with H2O, brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give a red oil. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (25-50% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 2.14 g (70%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.43 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=6 Hz, 2H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 6.37 (dt, J=15, 6 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.39 (m, 7H)
  • mp=105-106° C.
    • IV. (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-2-fluorophenyl)prop-2-enyl diazoacetate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00033
  • Glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (2.2 g, 8.5 mmol, prepared as described by C. J. Blankley, F. J. Sauter and H. O. House, Organic Syntheses, Coll. Vol. V, p. 258; John Wiley, New York (1973)) was added to a suspension of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl]phenylcarbamate (2.14 g, 7.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (55 mL). The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and treated with N,N-dimethylaniline (1.0 mL, 7.81 mmol). After 30 minutes, triethylamine (4.9 mL, 35.5 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred 30 minutes at 0° C. and 15 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to about 15 mL and 50 mL of water added. The mixture was extracted with two portions of diethyl ether and the combined organic solutions washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (0-25% ethyl acetate-hexane) provided the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 2.30 g (88%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.83 (s, 1H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 6.29 (dt, J=16, 6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.40 (m, 7H)
  • mp=93-96° C.
    • V. benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00034
  • A solution of (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-2-fluorophenyl)prop-2-enyl diazoacetate (2.26 g, 6.12 mmol) in toluene (125 mL) was added dropwise over 14 h to a refluxing solution of bis-(N-t-butylsalicylaldiminato)copper(II) (0.254 g, 0.61 mmol, prepared as described by R. G. Charles, J. Org. Chem. 1957, 22, 677) in 125 mL of toluene. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was heated another hour at reflux, then cooled, filtered and concentrated. The crude oil was purified by column chromatography (0-0.5% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 1.57 g (75%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 2.33-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.53 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 6.82 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.38 (m, 6H);
  • mp=141-142° C.
    • VI. benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00035
  • A THF solution of LiAlH4 (2.5 mL of a 1.0M solution, 2.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.86 g, 2.5 mmol) in THF (20 mL) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then treated with more LiAlH4 solution (1.25 mL, 1.25 mmol) and allowed to warm to room temperature. After another hour at room temperature, the solution was quenched by the slow addition of saturated NH4Cl (15 mL) followed by H2O (30 mL) and saturated citric acid (10 mL). The solution was concentrated to remove THF and the resulting aqueous solution extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were then washed with H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to an oil. Purification by column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-DCM) provided the title compound as a white foam.
  • Yield 0.55 g (63%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.65-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.90 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (bs, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.82 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.41 (m, 6H).
    • VII. benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(methanesulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00036
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (1.51 g, 8.7 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate (1.0 g, 2.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (36 mL) and triethylamine (1.61 mL, 11.6 mmol). The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The solution was then diluted with 30 mL dichloromethane and washed with two portions of saturated NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4). The crude product was passed through a short pad of SiO2 (eluting with ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound as a white solid that was used directly in the next reaction.
  • Yield 1.4 g (96%).
  • 1H NMR
  • mp=85-95° C. dec.
    • VIII. benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00037
  • Sodium sulfide (0.65 g, 8.4 mmol) was added to a solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(methanesulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate (1.4 g, 2.8 mmol) in DMSO (5.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting yellow suspension was then diluted with 30 mL of H2O and extracted with three portions of diethyl ether. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • Yield 0.87 g (91%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.91 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 3.18 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 6.91 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.40 (m, 6H)
  • mp=121-122° C.
    • Example 2 N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00038
  • A solution of sodium periodate (0.087 g, 0.41 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) was added to a suspension of N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.136 g, 0.39 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) and stirred at 4° C. for 24 h. The resulting suspension was filtered with the aid of chloroform and the filtrate concentrated. The resulting solution was diluted with 5 mL of water and extracted with five portions of chloroform. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4) filtered and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (10% ACN-5% MeOH-DCM) provided the title compound as a separable mixture of sulfoxide diastereomers (ca. 1:1 ratio).
  • Yield (total for both isomers) 0.095 g (65%).
  • Low Rf (“syn”) isomer: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.24 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 3.10 (d, J=15 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.54 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (dd, J=6, 3 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.74-4.81 (m, 1H), 7.03 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H)
  • High Rf (“anti”) isomer: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (d, J=15 Hz, 2H), 3.46-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.78 (dd, J=6, 3 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.75-4.81 (m, 1H), 7.06 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 3 N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00039
  • Peracetic acid (0.18 mL of a 32% aqueous solution, 0.856 mmol) was added to a solution of N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.10 g, 0.285 mmol) in THF (9 mL) cooled at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, treated with more peracetic acid (0.050 mL) and stirred another 3 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated Na2S2O3 (2 mL) and water (5 mL). The THF was then removed on the rotary evaporator and the resulting solution extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. Combined organic extracts were then washed with dilute NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-4% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound as a foam.
  • Yield 0.089 g (82%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+Na]=405
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.82 (s, 3H), 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.33 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (d, J=13 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.71 (t, J=7 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 7.12 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=13 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 4 N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00040
  • A solution of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.072 g, 0.22 mmol) in DMF (0.15 mL) and MeOH (0.018 mL, 0.44 mmol) was cooled at 0° C. and treated with LiOtBu solution (0.66 mL, 0.66 mmol) dropwise. The solution was then treated in one portion with (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.085 g, 0.44 mmol). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. The solution was then treated with 1.0 mL of saturated NH4Cl was added followed by 5 mL of water and 5 mL of brine. The mixture was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic phases washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to an oil. Purification by column chromatography (0→3% MeOH-DCM) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 52 mg (70%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=335
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 3.40 (t, J=5 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.89 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 7.10 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 4 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00041
  • A solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate (0.18 g, 0.52 mmol,) in THF (5 mL) was cooled to −50° C. An n-BuLi solution (0.72 mL, 1.14 mmol) was added and the resulting yellow suspension was stirred for 10 min and then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.088 mL, 1.14 mmol) was added. This produced a homogeneous solution that was stirred for 10 min and then treated with more n-BuLi (0.36 mL, 0.57 mmol). The solution was allowed to warm to −30° C. over one hour and then quenched by the addition of water and then dilute NaHCO3. THF was removed in vacuo and the resulting aqueous solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic phases were then washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0→30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 73 mg (43%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.98 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 6.63 (bs, 1H), 6.87 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.41 (m, 5H)
  • mp=118-119° C.
    • Example 5 N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00042
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.089 g, 0.185 mmol) in 2:1 methanol-dichloromethane (6 mL) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of 10% Pd/C (0.025 g) for 1.5 h and then filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.069 g (95%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.72 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.93 (m, 1H), 2.06 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.47 (m, 3H), 3.53-3.88 (m, 4H), 3.90-4.12 (m, 3H), 4.56 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 4.69-4.74 (m, 1H), 7.08 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 5 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00043
  • Benzyl4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(methanesulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate (1.05 g, 2.1 mmol) was dissolved in 4-methoxybenzylamine (4.2 mL, 32 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The resulting solution was then diluted with 125 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with 2.5% NaHCO3, dilute aqueous HCl (32 mL of a 1 N solution diluted to 100 mL with H2O), again with 2.5% NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-25% ethyl acetate-hexane-1% Et3N) to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • Yield 0.75 g (79%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.65 (bs, 2H), 2.44 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 6.60 (bs, 1H), 6.77-6.93 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.41 (m, 8H).
    • II. N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00044
  • Benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.75 g, 1.7 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1.1 mL) and methanol (0.137 mL, 3.4 mmol), cooled at 0° C. and treated with lithium butoxide solution dropwise over 5 minutes (5.1 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 5.1 mmol). Solid (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.66 g, 3.4 mmol) was then added and the solution allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (4 mL) was added, along with 20 mL of H2O and 20 mL of brine. The solution was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-5% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.49 g (64%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.66 (bs, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.44 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 3.10 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3.78 (m, 3H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.00 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.79 (m, 1H), 6.20 (bs, 1H), 6.83-6.88 (m, 3H), 7.06 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (dd, J=12, 2 Hz, 1H).
    • III. N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00045
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.49 g, 1.08 mmol) in 1:1 ethyl acetate-methanol (50 mL) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of 20% Pd(OH)2/C (0.5 g) for 16 h and then filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated to provide the title compound which was used directly in the next reaction.
    • VI. N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00046
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.082 g, 0.25 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) and triethylamine (0.081 mL, 0.58 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. Benzyloxyacetyl chloride (0.050 mL, 0.32 mmol) was added to the solution and the mixture stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature. More dichloromethane was added and the solution extracted with 2.5% NaHCO3 (back extracting with more dichloromethane). The combined organic phases were then washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (0-2% MeOH—CH2Cl2) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 0.089 g (74% over two steps).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.78 (bs, 1H), 1.91 (bs, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.78 (m, 6H), 3.99-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 4.73-4.81 (m, 1H), 6.25 (m, 1H), 6.89 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.38 (m, 6H).
    • Example 6 2,2-difluoro-N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]ethanethioamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00047
  • A solution of (5S)-5-(aminomethyl)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one (0.32 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) and triethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.96 mmol) was treated with difluoroacetic acid 3,3-diphenyl-1-propanol ester (0.15 g, 0.13 mL, 0.48 mmol) as a solution in 0.7 mL of dichloromethane. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 2.5% NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4). Purification by column chromatography (0→2% MeOH—CH2Cl2) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 0.113 g (75% over three steps).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.73 (t, J=3 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (m, 1H), 2.06 (m, 1H), 3.42 (dd, J=12, 4 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (dd, J=11, 5 Hz, 1H), 3.65-4.09 (m, 7H), 4.16 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 6.49 (t, J=55 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 11.14 (bs, 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 6 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00048
  • A solution of lithium t-butoxide (1.85 mL, 1.85 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.33 g, 0.74 mmol) and (S)-(3-chloro-2-hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.20 g, 0.96 mmol, prepared according to the procedure described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/982,157, incorporated herein in its entirety) in DMF (0.5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight and then quenched by the addition of saturated NH4Cl, water, and brine. The solution was extracted with two portions of dichloromethane and the combined organics washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-50% ethyl acetate-hexane-1% Et3N) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.28 g (73%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 2.45 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (t, J=3 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.48-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.99 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.99 (bt, 1H), 6.83-6.89 (m, 3H), 7.09 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J=12, 2 Hz, 1H).
    • II. tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00049
  • A solution of tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate (0.275 g, 0.54 mmol) in 1:1 ethyl acetate-methanol (6 mL) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of Pd(OH)2/C (0.16 g). After 20 h the solution was filtered through celite and the filtrate concentrated to provide 0.217 g of the title compound which was used directly in the next reaction.
    • III. tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00050
  • A solution of tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate (0.217 g, 0.54 mmol) in dichloromethane (11 mL) and triethylamine (0.189 mL, 1.35 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. Benzyloxyacetyl chloride (0.10 mL, 0.65 mmol) was added to the solution and the mixture stirred for 2 h at room temperature. More dichloromethane was added and the solution extracted with 2.5% NaHCO3 (back extracting with more dichloromethane). The combined organic phases were then washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (0→2% MeOH—CH2Cl2) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 0.25 g (86% over two steps).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.78 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 1.91 (M, 2H), 3.49-3.66 (m, 4H), 3.75-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.70-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 5.04 (bt, 1H), 6.89 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.38 (m, 6H).
    • VI. (5S)-5-(aminomethyl)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00051
  • A solution of tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate (0.185 g, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in 2:1 methanol-dichloromethane (12 mL) and stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of 10% Pd/C (0.09 g). After 2 h the solution was filtered through celite and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was dissolved in dioxane (6 mL) and treated with 4 N HCl in dioxane solution (6 mL). After stirring for 4 h the suspension was concentrated to give the title compound as the HCl salt and this material was used directly in the next reaction.
    • Example 7 methyl exo-(1R,5S)-6-(4-{(5S)-5-[(acetylamino)methyl]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl}-2-fluorophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00052
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.055 g, 0.165 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (0.75 mL) and triethylamine (0.069 mL, 0.5 mmol), cooled to 0° C. and treated with methyl chloroformate (0.019 mL, 0.25 mmol). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 2.5% NaHCO3 (back-extracting once) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-2% methanol-dichloromethane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.045 g (74%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=392
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.73 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.48 (m, 5H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.73 (m, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.69-4.74 (m, 1H) 7.08 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 8 N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-formyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00053
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.010 g, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in acetic anhydride (0.25 mL) and formic acid (0.50 mL) and stirred at room temperature. After 3 days the solution was concentrated and the residue purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound.
  • Yield 4 mg (40%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=362
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.68 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.97 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.40 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.83 (d, J=10 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 9 N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-((2S)-2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00054
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-({(4S)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl}carbonyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (8 mg, 0.017 mmol) in 1 mL of 1:1 trifluoroacetic acid-water was stirred for 2 hours. The solution was then concentrated and the resulting aqueous solution lyophilized. The resulting crude product was then purified by preparative HPLC to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 4 mg (50%).
  • MS (m/z). [M+H]=422
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 3.50-4.14 (m, 11H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 7.04 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 9 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-([(4S)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]carbonyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00055
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.010 g, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in 0.25 mL of DMF. To the solution was added a premixed (for 15 min) solution of HATU (0.03 g, 0.075 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.026 mL, 0.15 mmol) and (S)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-carboxylic acid (0.009 g, 0.06 mmol) in 0.25 mL of DMF. After stirring overnight the solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 2.5% NaHCO3, dilute citric acid, 2.5% NaHCO3, brine and dried (MgSO4). The solution was filtered and concentrated under vacuum and the residue purified by preparative TLC (6% methanol-dichloromethane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 8 mg (60%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.37-1.42 (m, 6H), 1.77 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.96 (m, 7H), 4.08-4.26 (m, 4H), 4.72-4.78 (m, 1H), 7.04 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 10 exo-(1R,5S)-6-(4-{(5S)-5-[(acetylamino)methyl]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl}-2-fluorophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00056
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (5 mg, 0.015 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.1 mL) and triethylamine (4 μL, 0.03 mmol) was treated with trimethylsilyl isocyanate in portions until the starting material had been consumed (a total of 6 eq. added over 1.5 h). The reaction mixture was then treated with methanol and the solution concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC to provide the title compound.
  • Yield: 2 mg (40%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=377
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.68 (t, J=3 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.92 (bs, 2H), 3.20-3.40 (m, 4H), 3.60 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 4.09 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 7.07 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 11 exo-(1R,5S)-6-[4-((5S)-5-{[(2,2-difluoroethanethioyl)amino]methyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00057
  • A solution of tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(aminocarbonyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate (0.2 g, 0.45 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL of dioxane and treated with a dioxane solution of HCl (8 mL of a 4 M solution). The solution was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature and the resulting suspension concentrated to give an off-white solid. This material was then dissolved in methanol (4.5 mL) and triethylamine (0.19 mL, 1.35 mmol) and treated with difluoroacetic acid 3,3-diphenyl-1-propanol ester (0.206 g, 0.68 mmol) dissolved in 0.75 mL of dichloromethane. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 2.5% NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4). Purification by preparative TLC (gradient 0-5% methanol-dichloromethane/10% acetonitrile) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 0.16 g (84% overall).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=429
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.70 (m, 1H), 1.92 (bs, 2H), 3.32 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 4.16 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (m, 1H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 6.49 (t, J=55 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=13 Hz, 1H), 11.13 (bt, 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 11 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(aminocarbonyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00058
  • A solution of tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate (0.275 g, 0.72 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) and triethylamine (0.15 mL, 1.1 mmol) was treated with trimethylsilyl isocyanate in portions until the starting material had been consumed (a total of 14 eq. added over 24 h). The reaction mixture was then treated with methanol and the solution concentrated. The residue was passed through a short column of silica gel (5% methanol-dichloromethane) to give the title compound, which was used without further purification.
    • Example 12 N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00059
  • An aqueous solution of NaIO4 (0.101 g, 0.47 mmol) was added to a solution of N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.16 g, 0.43 mmols) in 8 mL of MeOH—H2O (3:1) and stirred at 0° C. for 20 h. The reaction mixture was filtered with the aid of chloroform and the filtrate concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (0-5% MeOH-10% ACN-dichloromethane) provided the title compound which elutes first, ahead of the other sulfoxide isomer.
  • Yield 50 mg (30%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=385.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=1.67 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.35 (bs, 2H), 2.62 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.30-(s, 4H), 3.54-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.97 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.80 (m, 1H), 6.01 (bs, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=10. 2 Hz, 2H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 12 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. Isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00060
  • Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide (1.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 542 mL, 0.542 mol) was added to a solution of 3,5-difluoroaniline (35 g, 0.271 mol) in THF (60 mL) at 0° C. Isopropyl chloroformate (1M solution in toluene, 406 mL, 0.406 mol) was then added dropwise at 0° C. and the mixture allowed to warm to room temperature over 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ether and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid, water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was triturated in hexanes to obtain the title compound.
  • Yield 48 g (82%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=216.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=3.04 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.21 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 4.96-5.04 (m, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=7, 2 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 6.8 (tt, J=9.0 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 1H).
    • II. isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-formylphenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00061
  • n-Butyllithium (2.5M in hexane, 112 mL, 0.279 mol) was added dropwise at −78° C. to a solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-phenylcarbamate (20 g, 0.093 mol) and N,N,N,N-tetramethylethylenediamine (32 mL, 0.214 mol) in 93 mL of THF, and stirred for 30 min. Dimethylformamide (10.8 mL, 0.140 mol) was then added dropwise at −78° C., stirred for 1 h, and allowed to warm to −20° C. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, the extracts washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated. The crude product was triturated with hexane to provide the title compound. The combined hexane washings were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to provide additional product.
  • Yield=7.0 g (31%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=244.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=2.72 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.29, (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 5.02 (hept, J=6.3 Hz, 1H). 6.85 (bs, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=10.8 hz, 2H), 10.18 (s, 1H).
    • III. methyl (2E)-3-{2,6-difluoro-4-[(isopropoxycarbonyl)amino]phenyl}acrylate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00062
  • Sodium hydride (1.4 g of 60% dispersion, 35 mmol) was placed in a flask and washed three times with hexane. The resulting solid was suspended in DMF (29 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Trimethyl phosphonoacetate (5.95 mL, 36.75 mmol) was added dropwise to this suspension to give a clear homogeneous solution. After stirring for another 15 minutes at 0° C., a solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-formylphenylcarbamate (8.51 g, 35 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting orange suspension was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into 0.5 N HCl and extracted with three portions of dichloromethane. Combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCO3, H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4) filtered and concentrated. The resulting orange solid was washed with hexane, 30% ethyl acetate-hexane, and then purified by column chromatography (15-30% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide title compound.
  • Yield 7.8 g (75%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=300.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=3.28 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.28 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 6H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 5.00 (hept, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=16.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=10.8 hz, 2H), 7.69 (d, J=16. 2 Hz, 1H).
    • IV. isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00063
  • A solution of LiAlH4 (26 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 26 mmol) was added to a cooled (−78° C.) solution of methyl (2E)-3-{2,6-difluoro-4-[(isopropoxycarbonyl)amino]phenyl}acrylate (7.77 g, 26 mmol) in THF (130 mL). The solution was allowed to warm slowly to −20° C. and maintained at that temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then quenched by slow addition of saturated NH4Cl and then treated with 30 mL of dilute citric acid. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 minutes and then extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. Combined organic phases were washed with H2O, brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give a red oil. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-1% methanol-dichloromethane) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil.
  • Yield 4.6 g (65%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=272.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=2.59 min
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.27 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.99 (hept, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 2H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 2H).
    • V. (2E)-3-{2,6-difluoro-4-[(isopropoxycarbonyl)amino]phenyl}prop-2-enyl diazoacetate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00064
  • Glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (4.64 g, 17.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl]phenylcarbamate (2.68 g, 9.89 mmol) in dichloromethane (66 mL). The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and treated with N,N-dimethylaniline (2.26 mL, 17.8 mmol). After 30 minutes, triethylamine (6.89 mL, 49.5 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred 30 minutes at 0° C. and 15 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to ca. 15 mL and 50 mL of water added. The mixture was extracted with two portions of diethyl ether and the combined organic solutions washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (0-25% ethyl acetate-hexane) provided the title compound a yellow solid.
  • Yield 2.44 g (73%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=340.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=3.22 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.28 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.81 (s, 1H), 4.99 (hept, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (dt, J=16.2, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=16, 2 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 2H).
    • VI. isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00065
  • A solution of (2E)-3-{2,6-difluoro-4-[(isopropoxycarbonyl)amino]phenyl} prop-2-enyl diazoacetate (2.4 g, 7.07 mmol) in 170 mL of toluene/dichloromethane (1:2) was added dropwise over 14 h to a refluxing solution of bis-(N-t-butylsalicylaldiminato) copper(II) (0.147 g, 0.35 mmol) in 120 mL of toluene. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was heated another hour at reflux, then cooled, filtered and concentrated. The crude oil was purified by column chromatography (15-40% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide the title compound (a racemic mixture) as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 1.62 g (75%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=312.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=2.77 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.27 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 2.23 (dd, J=4.2, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (dd, J=6.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.74-2.79 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.46 (m, 2H), 4.98 (hept, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=10, 2 Hz, 2H).
    • VII. isopropyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3,5-difluorophenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00066
  • A solution of LiAlH4 (5.2 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 5.2 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (1.61 g, 5.17 mmol) in THF (41 mL) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then treated with more LiAlH4 solution (2.5 mL, 2.5 mmol) and allowed to warm to room temperature. After another hour at room temperature, the solution was quenched by the slow addition of saturated NH4Cl (15 mL) followed by H2O (30 mL) and saturated citric acid (10 mL). The solution was concentrated to remove THF and the resulting aqueous solution extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were then washed with H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to an oil. Purification by column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-dichloromethane) provided the title compound as a white solid.
  • Yield 1.16 g (72%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=316.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=2.26 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.27 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 1.63-1.75 (m, 3H), 3.55-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.93 (dd, J=5.7, 11.7 Hz, 2H), 4.93 (hept, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=10, 2 Hz, 2H).
    • VIII. isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00067
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (0.696 g, 4.00 mmol) was added to a suspension of isopropyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3,5-difluorophenylcarbamate (0.50 g, 1.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) and triethylamine (0.848 mL, 6.4 mmol) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 45 minutes and then diluted with more dichloromethane, washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in an ice-cooled bath. The resulting white foam was dissolved in DMSO (4 mL), treated with Na2S (0.375 g, 4.8 mmol) and allowed to stir overnight. The resulting suspension was dissolved in H2O and extracted with ether thrice. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 0.450 g (90%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=314.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time 3.66 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.27 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H), 2.06 (bs, 2H), 2.18 (t, J=4, 2 Hz, 1H), 3.06-3.17 (m, 4H), 4.98 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (bs, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 2H).
    • IX. N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00068
  • Lithium butoxide (2.07 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 2.07 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.217 g, 0.69 mmol) in DMF (0.46 mL) and MeOH (0.061 mL, 1.52 mmol). Solid (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.267 g, 1.38 mmol) was then added and the solution allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 mL) was added, along with 10 mL of H2O and 10 mL of brine. The solution was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-1% MeOH-dichloromethane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.16 g (62%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=369
  • MS (ESPOS): 369 (M+1)
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=2.70 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.09 (bs, 2H), 2.22 (t, J=4, 2 Hz, 1H), 3.07-3.17 (m, 4H), 3.54-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.97 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.71-4.80 (m, 1H), 5.94 (bs, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=10, 2 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 13 N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00069
  • A solution of peracetic acid (0.24 mL, 0.99 mmol) was added to a solution of N-[((5S) -3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.12 g, 0.33 mmol) in THF (16.5 mL) and the reaction mixture allowed to stir for 20 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with 5 mL of saturated Na2S2O3 and water was added. The mixture was concentrated to remove THF and the resulting aqueous solution extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by pTLC (7% MeOH-dichloromethane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 120 mg (91%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=401
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=1.90 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.97-2.01 (m, 4H), 2.22 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 2H), 3.50-3.72 (m, 5H), 3.97 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.81 (m, 1H), 6.36 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=10. 2 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 14 N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00070
  • A solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.063 g, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (0.14 mL) and MeOH (0.017 mL, 0.42 mmol) was cooled at 0° C. and treated with LiOtBu solution (0.64 mL, 0.64 mmol) dropwise. The solution was then treated in one portion with (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.082 g, 0.42 mmol). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. The solution was then treated with 1.0 mL of saturated NH4Cl was added followed by 5 mL of water and 5 mL of brine. The mixture was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic phases washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to an oil. Purification by column chromatography (0→2% MeOH-DCM) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 53 mg (71%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=353
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1.61 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 3.40 (t, J=5 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.89 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 8.24 (t, J=6 Hz. 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 14 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00071
  • A solution of isopropyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3,5-difluorophenylcarbamate (0.16 g, 0.51 mmol,) in THF (4.5 mL) was cooled to −50° C. An n-BuLi solution (0.58 mL, 1.6 M in hexane, 0.924 mmol) was added and the resulting yellow suspension was stirred for 10 min and then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.045 mL, 0.57 mmol) was added. This produced a homogeneous solution that was stirred for 10 min and then treated with more n-BuLi (0.41 mL, 0.57 mmol). The solution was allowed to warm to −30° C. over one hour and then quenched by the addition of water and then dilute NaHCO3. THF was removed in vacuo and the resulting aqueous solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic phases were then washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 72 mg (47%).
  • 1H NMR.
  • mp=125-127° C.
    • Example 15 N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00072
  • To a solution of N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.105 g, 0.21 mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (0.35 g) and the reaction mixture stirred under an H2 atmosphere for 1.5 hr. The reaction mixture was then filtered through celite and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (0-3% MeOH-dichloromethane) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 0.073 g (85%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=410.4.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO): 1.52 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (s, 3H), 2.01-2.06 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.18 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.43 (m, 3H), 3.53 (dd, J=4.2, 10 Hz, 1H), 3.63-3.71 (m, 2H) 3.77 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 3.86-4.10 (m, 3H), 4.54 (br t, 1H), 4.68-4.76 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 8.23 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 15 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00073
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (1.325 g, 7.62 mmol) was added to a suspension of isopropyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]-3,5-difluorophenylcarbamate (0.80 g, 2.54 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and triethylamine (1.41 mL, 10.6 mmol) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then treated with more Methanesulfonic anhydride (0.442 g, 2.54 mmol) and allowed to warm to room temperature. After another hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with more dichloromethane and washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The resulting white foam was dissolved in MeOH (50 mL), treated with NH4OH (50 mL) and allowed to stir overnight. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate thrice. The combined organic phases were then washed with H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound as an oil. This material was used in the next step without further purification.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=1.96 min.
    • II. isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00074
  • Benzyloxyacetyl chloride (0.519 mL, 3.3 mmol) was added to a solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (ca. 2.5 mmol, crude) in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and 10% NaHCO3 (100 mL). This mixture was stirred vigorously for 1 hr. The aqueous layer was maintained at basic pH and more benzyloxyacetyl chloride (0.519 mL, 3.3 mmol) was added. When most of the starting material had been consumed, the layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with more ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with 1 N HCl, saturated aqueous NaHCO3, water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (0-2% MeOH-dichloromethane) and then by pTLC (20% EtOAc-hexanes) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 0.46 g (41% over 2 steps).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=445.5.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO): 1.23 (d, J=6 Hz, 6H), 1.47 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 1.97-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.14 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.79 (m, 4H), 4.03-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.50 (bs, 2H) 4.87 (q, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (bs, 5H), 9.91 (s, 1H).
    • III. N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00075
  • Lithium butoxide solution (1.02 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 1.02 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of isopropyl 3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-benzyloxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.150 g, 0.34 mmol) in DMF (0.23 mL) and MeOH (0.027 mL, 0.68 mmol). Solid (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.131 g, 0.68 mmol) was then added and the solution stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 mL) was then added, along with 10 mL of H2O and 10 mL of brine. The solution was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-2% MeOH-dichloromethane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.06 g (35%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]=500.5.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.53 (m, 1H), 1.99 (bs, 3H), 2.07-2.11 (m, 2H), 3.49-3.76 (m, 6H), 3.93-4.07 (m, 4H), 4.60 (s, 2H) 4.75 (m, 1H), 6.01 (m, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=10 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 5H).
    • Example 16 N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00076
  • A solution of tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate (0.068 g, 0.18 mmol) in 20% TFA-dichloroethane (1.0 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to provide the free amine as a TFA salt. This material (10 mg, 0.03 mmol) was taken in pyridine (0.05 mL, 0.6 mmol). To this solution, acetic anhydride (0.007 mL, 0.06 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the title compound was isolated by pTLC (5% MeOH/DCM).
  • Yield 5 mg (56%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=317.4.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1.71 (s, 1H), 1.81 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.71 (m, 3H), 3.87 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 8.23 (bt, 1H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 16 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. benzyl 4-formylphenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00077
  • Benzyl 4-bromophenylcarbamate (20 g, 65.3 mmol) was taken in anhydrous THF (440 mL) and cooled to −78° C. To this solution, n-BuLi (55 mL, 137.2 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred for 0.5 h at −78° C. To this mixture, DMF (7.6 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 5 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1 N HCl and then concentrated to remove THF, followed by addition of water. The mixture was extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4) filtered and concentrated. Trituration with hexanes and then with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes afforded the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 8.75 g (52%).
  • 1H NMR.
    • II. methyl (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)acrylate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00078
  • Sodium hydride (0.36 g of a 60% dispersion, 9.0 mmol) was placed in a flask and washed three times with hexane. The resulting solid was suspended in DMF (7 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Trimethyl phosphonoacetate (1.53 mL, 9.46 mmol) was added dropwise to this suspension to give a clear homogeneous solution. After stirring for another 20 minutes at 0° C., a solution of benzyl 4-formylphenyl-carbamate (2.3 g, 9.0 mmol) in DMF (7 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting orange suspension was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature and stirred for 15 h. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 N HCl and extracted with three portions of DCM. Combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCO3, H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4) filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-30% EtOAC/hexanes) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 2.5 g (89%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 3.79 (s, 3H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 6.33-6.38 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.46 (m, 9H), 7.61-7.66 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H).
    • III. benzyl 4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00079
  • A THF solution of LiAlH4 (6.75 mL of a 1.0 M solution, 6.75 mmol) was added to a cooled (−78° C.) solution of methyl (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)acrylate (2.1 g, 6.75 mmol) in THF (34 mL). The solution was allowed to warm slowly to −20° C. and maintained at that temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by slow addition of saturated NH4Cl and then treated with dilute citric acid. The resulting solution was stirred for 15 minutes and then extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with H2O, brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give an oil. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (20-50% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • Yield 1.0 g (52%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 4.28-4.30 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H) 6.22-6.31 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.57 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.40 (m, 9H).
    • IV. (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)prop-2-enyl diazoacetate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00080
  • Glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (1.66 g, 6.35 mmol) was added to a suspension of benzyl 4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl]phenylcarbamate (1.0 g, 3.53 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL). The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and treated with N,N-dimethylaniline (0.8 mL, 6.35 mmol). After 0.5 h, triethylamine (2.5 mL, 17.6 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred 2 h at 0° C. and warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and water was added. The mixture was extracted with two portions of diethyl ether and the combined organic solutions washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-25% EtOAc-hexane) provided the title compound.
  • Yield 0.65 g (52%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 4.72-4.74 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 6.18-6.28 (m, 1H), 6.56-6.62 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.45 (m, 10H), 9.85 (s, 1H).
    • V. benzyl 4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00081
  • A solution of (2E)-3-(4-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}phenyl)prop-2-enyl diazoacetate (0.7 g, 2.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added dropwise over 18 h to a refluxing solution of bis-(N-t-butylsalicylaldiminato)copper(II) (0.041 g, 0.01 mmol) in 80 mL of toluene. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was heated for another 2 h at reflux and stirred at room temperature for 36 hours. Then the reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and concentrated. The crude oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-1.5% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound and its enantiomer as a racemic mixture.
  • Yield 0.55 g (85%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 2.26-2.28 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.46 (m, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 6.98-7.00 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.39 (m, 7H).
    • VI. benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00082
  • A THF solution of LiAlH4 (2.4 mL of a 1.0M solution, 2.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of benzyl 4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.51 g, 1.58 mmol) in THF (12.5 mL) cooled at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and at room temperature for 1 h and then the solution was quenched by the slow addition of saturated NH4Cl (50 mL) followed by H2O and saturated citric acid. The solution was concentrated to remove THF and the resulting aqueous solution extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were then washed with H2O, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to an oil. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-3.5% MeOH-DCM) provided the title compound as a white foam.
  • Yield 0.3 g (58%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=350.4.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.65-1.77 (m, 3H), 2.61 (s, 2H), 3.42-3.49 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.25 (m, 2H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.41 (m, 7H).
    • VII. benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00083
  • A solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]phenylcarbamate (0.23 g, 0.7 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was cooled to −50° C. The n-BuLi solution (0.83 mL, 1.33 mmol) was added and the resulting yellow suspension was stirred for 10 min and then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.081 mL, 1.05 mmol) was added. This produced a homogeneous solution that was stirred for 10 min and then treated with more n-BuLi (0.57 mL, 0.91 mmol). The solution was allowed to warm to −30° C. over 1 h and then quenched by the addition of water and then dilute NaHCO3. THF was removed in vacuo and the resulting aqueous solution was then extracted with EtOAc thrice. The combined organic phases were then washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-20% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the title compound.
  • Yield 80 mg (37%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.78-1.82 (m, 3H), 3.78 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.39 (m, 7H).
    • VIII. tert-butyl ((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00084
  • A solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.075 g, 0.24 mmol) and (S)-(3-chloro-2-hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.065 g, 0.31 mmol) in DMF (0.15 mL) was stirred at 0° C. The mixture was treated with LiOtBu solution (1.0 M in THF, 0.58 mL, 0.58 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 h. The solution was then was quenched with saturated NH4Cl, followed by addition of water and brine. The mixture was extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The title compound was isolated by pTLC (5% MeOH/DCM).
  • Yield 69 mg (78%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.73 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.85-3.90 (m, 3H), 4.60-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.93 (s, 1H), 6.92-6.96 (d, J=12 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.30 (d, J=12 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 17 N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00085
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-acetoxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.075 g, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in THF/water (16 mL, 3:1) and treated with 0.1 M LiOH in MeOH (3.6 mL, 0.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and then concentrated to remove methanol. The resulting aqueous solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate thrice. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The title compound was isolated by pTLC (5% MeOH/dichloromethane).
  • Yield 40 mg (60%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=374.4
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.62-1.64 (t, 1H), 1.86-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 3.46 (s, 1H), 3.54-3.77 (m, 6H), 3.98-4.07 (m, 4H), 4.72-4.76 (m, 1H), 6.10 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.02 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 17 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00086
  • A solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]phenylcarbamate (0.35 g, 1.07 mmol) in dichloromethane (13.5 mL) and triethylamine (0.6 mL, 4.28 mmol,) was cooled to 0° C. Methanesulfonic acid anhydride (0.56 g, 3.2 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour. The solution was then diluted with 20 mL of dichloromethane, washed with water, saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue obtained was dissolved in 4-methoxybenzylamine (2.1 mL, 16.0 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with dilute NaHCO3, dilute HCl (32 mL of 1N HCl in 100 mL water), dilute NaHCO3, brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The title compound was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-25% EtOAc/hexanes/1% triethylamine).
  • Yield 290 mg (63%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=429.4.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 2.51 (s, 1H), 2.65-2.68 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.31 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 4.00-4.02 (m, 5H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.04-7.07 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.16-7.19 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.59 (m, 9H).
    • II. N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00087
  • A solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo [3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.35 g, 0.82 mmol) in DMF (0.15 mL) and MeOH (0.066 mL) and cooled to 10° C. This mixture was treated with LiOtBu (2.45 mL of 1M solution in THF, 2.45 mmol) dropwise and cooled to 0° C. To this mixture, (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.32 g, 1.63 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 h. The solution then was quenched with saturated NH4Cl, followed by addition of water and brine. The mixture was extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The title compound was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (gradient 0-4% MeOH/dichloromethane).
  • Yield 70 mg (20%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=436.5.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.98 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 1H), 2.44-2.47 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 3.07-3.10 (d, J=9 Hz, 3H), 3.57-3.75 (m, 6H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.02 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.71-4.73 (m, 1H), 6.20 (br t, 1H), 6.82-6.85 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 6.98-7.01 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.19-7.22 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.35 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H).
    • III. N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(2-acetoxyacetyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00088
  • A solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.11 g, 0.25 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) and triethylamine (0.035 mL, 0.25 mmol) and stirred at 0° C. To this, 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.055 mL, 0.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, dissolved in methanol and heated at reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and triturated with diethyl ether to provide N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide as a yellow powder. This intermediate was dissolved in dichloromethane (6.0 mL) and triethylamine (0.1 mL, 0.75 mmol) and cooled to 0° C. To this solution, acetoxyacetyl chloride (0.04 mL, 0.36 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The title compound was isolated by pTLC (5% MeOH/dichloromethane).
  • Yield 75 mg (72%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=416.4.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.65-1.68 (br t, 1H), 1.82-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.77 (m, 6H), 3.96-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.60 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 4.72-4.76 (m, 1H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.02 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 18 N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00089
  • An aqueous solution of NaIO4 (0.128 g, 0.60 mmol) was added to a solution of N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (0.19 g, 0.57 mmol) in MeOH:H2O (3:1, 10 mL) and stirred at 4° C. for 20 h. The reaction mixture was filtered with the aid of chloroform. The filtrate was extracted with 5 additional portions of chloroform and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by pTLC (5% MeOH-10% ACN-DCM) provided the title compound as two separable diastereomers.
  • Yield (both isomers) 0.150 g (76%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=349.2.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=1.50 min.
  • High Rf (“anti”) isomer: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.59 (t, J=4. 2 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (d, J=14, 7 Hz, 2H), 3.46-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.79 (dd, J=9.0, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.80 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H).
  • Low Rf (“syn”) isomer: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.11 (t, J=4. 2 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 3.04-3.09 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.54 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (dd, J=9.0, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.80 (m, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 18 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00090
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (0.92 g, 5.3 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(2R,3S)-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl]phenylcarbamate (0.577 g, 1.76 mmol) in dichloromethane (22 mL) and triethylamine (0.98 mL, 7.05 mmol). The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The solution was then diluted with 30 mL dichloromethane and washed with two portions of saturated NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to provide the bis-mesylate. This material was dissolved in DMSO (3.3 mL) and treated with sodium sulfide (0.39 g, 5.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting yellow suspension was then diluted with 30 mL of H2O and extracted with three portions of diethyl ether. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid.
  • Yield 0.45 g (79%).
  • 1H NMR.
    • II. N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00091
  • Lithium butoxide solution (4.1 mL of a 1.0 M THF solution, 4.1 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenylcarbamate (0.44 g, 1.36 mmol) in DMF (0.91 mL) and MeOH (0.011 mL, 2.72 mmol). Solid (S)-acetic acid 2-acetylamino-1-chloromethyl-ethyl ester (0.53 g, 2.72 mmol) was then added and the solution allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (4 mL) was added, along with 20 mL of H2O and 20 mL of brine. The solution was extracted with three portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic phases washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.19 g (41%).
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 1.85 (t, J=3.6 Hz, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.29 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.04-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.56 (dt, J=15, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J=3.3, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (dd, J=6.9, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.69-4.78 (m, 1H), 5.96 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 19 N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00092
  • A solution of peracetic acid (0.12 mL, 0.58 mmol) was added to a solution of N-[((5S) -3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide (“syn” isomer, 0.067 g, 0.19 mmol) in THF (6.5 mL) at 0° C. and allowed to stir for 20 h. The reaction was quenched with 5 mL saturated Na2S2O3 and diluted with water. The solution was concentrated to remove THF and the resulting aqueous solution extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by pTLC (7% MeOH-DCM) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 65 mg (92%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=401.
  • HPLC (SYMMETRY C18 3.5 μM, 4.6×30 mm column; gradient elution 2%-98% MeCN with 0.1% TFA over 5 min; 2 mL/min rate): retention time=1.70 min.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.08 (bs, 2H), 2.17 (bs, 1H), 3.01 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 2H), 3.52-3.59 (m, 4H), 3.80 (dd, J=6.3, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.81 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 20 (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00093
  • A solution of ethyl (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxylate (0.14 g, 0.36 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was treated with a solution of ammonia in methanol (2.0 M, 4 mL) and stirred at room temperature for one hour to give a homogeneous solution. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and the crude product purified by column chromatography (elution with 0→3% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 95 mg (74%).
  • MS (m/z). [M+H]+=355.5
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=13, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.26 (t, J=9 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J=14, 5 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (d, J=14 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H), 2.08 (m, 2H).
  • Intermediates for the preparation of example 20 were synthesized as follows.
    • I. benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00094
  • An aqueous solution of peracetic acid (0.64 mL of a 32% solution, 3.0 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate (0.300 g, 0.88 mmol) in 20 mL of THF. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the solution was treated with saturated Na2S2O3 and water and the THF removed on a rotary evaporator. The resulting aqueous solution was then extracted thrice with ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts washed with diluted NaHCO3, brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give an oil. Purification by column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate-hexane) provided the title compound as a solid.
  • Yield 0.31 g (95%).
  • mp 122-124° C.
  • MS (m/z): [M+Na]+=398
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.24-7.41 (m, 6H), 6.97 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (bs, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.57 (dd, J=14, 5 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (d, J=13 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (t, J=4 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (m, 2H).
    • II. 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluoroaniline
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00095
  • A solution of benzyl 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenylcarbamate (0.30 g, 0.80 mmol) in 2:1 methanol-dichloromethane (7.5 mL) was treated with palladium (1.2 g of 5 wt % Pd on barium sulfate) and stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for twenty hours. The mixture was then filtered through celite and the filtrate concentrated to give the title compound that was used without further purification.
  • Yield 0.18 g (91%)
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=242
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.40 (m, 2H), 3.53 (d, J=14 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (d, J=14 Hz, 2H), 2.10 (bs, 1H), 2.00 (bs, 2H).
    • III. ethyl (2R)-3-({4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}amino)-2-hydroxypropanoate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00096
  • Lithium triflate (0.17 g, 1.43 mmol) was added to a suspension of 4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluoroaniline (0.18 g, 0.75 mmol) and ethyl (2R)-2,3-epoxypropanoate (0.15 mL, 1.5 mmol) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL). The solution was heated at 60° C. for 18 hours and then treated with additional lithium triflate (70 mg) and epoxide (62 μL) and stirred at 60° C. for another 20 hours. The solution was then concentrated and purified by column chromatography (25%→50% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide the title compound.
  • Yield 0.14 g (52%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=358
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 6.76 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 6.35 (bs, 1H), 4.38 (q, J=4 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.05 (s, 1H), 3.01 (d, J=15 Hz, 2H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.33 (m, 3H).
    • IV. ethyl (5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxylate
  • Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00097
  • Phosgene (0.27 mL of a 20% toluene solution, 0.51 mmol) was added to a cooled (0° C.) solution of ethyl (2R)-3-({4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}amino)-2-hydroxypropanoate (0.14 g, 0.40 mmol) and triethylamine (0.16 mL, 1.2 mmol) in 4 mL of dichloromethane. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours and then diluted with more dichloromethane and washed with dilute NaHCO3, brine and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound that was used directly without further purification.
  • Yield 0.14 g (92%).
  • MS (m/z): [M+H]+=384.5
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.42 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.37 (m, 3H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.58 (dd, J=14.4 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (d, J=14 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (t, J=4, 1H). 2.10 (bs, 2H), 1.37 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).

Claims (14)

1. A compound of Formula I:
Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00098
wherein A is a structure i, ii, iii, or iv
Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00099
where the dashed line in formula iii represents an optional double bond;
n is an integer equal to 0 or 1;
Y is selected from the group consisting of —SOm—, —O— and —N(R8)—; where m is an integer equal to 0, 1, or 2;
Z is selected from the group consisting of C(═Q)R1, —NHC(═Q)R1, C(═Q)NHR1, —NHC(═NCN)R1, —NHC(═NNO2)R1, —SO2R1, —NH2, —NH-het1, —O-het1, —S-het1, and -het2;
Q is oxygen or sulfur;
W is selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —C(═NOH)—, and —C(═NOC1-4alkyl)-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of —H, OH, —NH2, —NHC1-4alkyl, —C1-4alkyl, —C2-4alkenyl, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4alkyl, —OC1-4alkyl, —SC1-4alkyl, —(CH2)pC3-6cycloalkyl, —CH═CH-aryl, —CH═CH-het1, —CH2C(═O)-aryl, and —CH2C(═O)-het1; where p is an integer equal to 0, 1 or 2;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of —H and —F;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —Cl, —F, —CH3, —NH2, and —OH;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of —H and —C1-4alkyl;
R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —OH, —NR9R10, —C1-4alkyl, —C3-6cycloalkyl, —C1-4heteroalkyl, -aryl, -het1, —C1-4alkylNR9R10, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4alkyl, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4heteroalkyl, —C(═O)H, —(CH2)pC(═O)OR9, —(CH2)pC(═O)C1-4alkylOR9, —(CH2)pC(═O)NR9R10, —(CH2)pC(═O)NR9OR10, —(CH2)pC(═NOC1-4alkyl)H, —(CH2)pC(═NOC1-4alkyl)C1-4alkyl, —(CH2)pC(═O)het1, and —(CH2)pC(═NOC1-4alkyl)het1; where p and het1 are as defined herein;
where each R9 and R10 are independently —H, —C1-4alkyl, —C3-6cycloalkyl, -aryl, -het1, —C(═O)C1-4alkyl, —C(═O)aryl, —C(═O)het1, —SO2C1-4alkyl, or —SO2NH2;
and a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
with the proviso that when Y is —O— or —SOm—, then W is —CH2—.
2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein A is an optical configuration of structure i, ii, or iii:
Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00100
3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein A is an optical configuration of structure i:
Figure US20080090884A1-20080417-C00101
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein R1 is C1-4alkyl.
5. The compound of claim 3, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, difluoromethyl, ethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, or 2,2-difluoroethyl.
6. The compound of claim 3, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H or F.
7. The compound of claim 3, wherein R6 and R7 are H.
8. The compound of claim 3, wherein W is CH2.
9. A compound selected from the group consisting of
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
2,2-difluoro-N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo [3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]ethanethioamide;
methyl exo-(1R,5S)-6-(4-{(5S)-5-[(acetylamino)methyl]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl}-2-fluorophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-formyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-((2S)-2,3-dihydroxypropanoyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
exo-(1R,5S)-6-(4-{(5S)-5-[(acetylamino)methyl]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl}-2-fluorophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxamide;
exo-(1R,5S)-6-[4-((5S)-5-{[(2,2-difluoroethanethioyl)amino]methyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)—N-ethyl-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)—N-(2-fluoroethyl)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)—N-ethyl-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]propanamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3-fluorophenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
(5R)-3-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-glycoloyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one;
N-[((5S)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
N-[((5S)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl)methyl]acetamide;
(5R)-3-{3-fluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(5R)-3-{3,5-difluoro-4-[(1S,5R,6R)-2-oxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidine-5-carboxamide;
(1S,5R,6R)-6-{2-fluoro-4-[(5R)-2-oxo-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl]phenyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one;
(1S,5R,6R)-6-{2,6-difluoro-4-[(5R)-2-oxo-5-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl]phenyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one;
N-{[4-{4-[exo-(1R,5S)-3,3-dioxido-3-thiabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]-3,5-difluorophenyl}-5-oxoisoxazol-2(5H)-yl]methyl}acetamide;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
10. A method for the treatment of microbial infection in a mammal which method comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of the compound of claim 1.
11. The method of claim 10 wherein said compound of claim 1 is administered to the mammal in a pharmaceutical composition orally, parenterally, transdermally, or topically.
12. The method of claim 10 wherein said compound is administered in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight/day.
13. The method of claim 10 wherein said compound is administered in an amount of from about 1 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
US11/868,332 2003-04-09 2007-10-05 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl- oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues Abandoned US20080090884A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/868,332 US20080090884A1 (en) 2003-04-09 2007-10-05 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl- oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US46113403P 2003-04-09 2003-04-09
EP04724333.2 2004-03-30
EP04724333A EP1615916A1 (en) 2003-04-09 2004-03-30 Antimicrobial 3.1.0 bicyclohexylphenyl-oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues
US10/815,589 US7279494B2 (en) 2003-04-09 2004-04-01 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl-oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues
US11/868,332 US20080090884A1 (en) 2003-04-09 2007-10-05 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl- oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/815,589 Continuation US7279494B2 (en) 2003-04-09 2004-04-01 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl-oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080090884A1 true US20080090884A1 (en) 2008-04-17

Family

ID=33159819

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/815,589 Expired - Fee Related US7279494B2 (en) 2003-04-09 2004-04-01 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl-oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues
US11/868,332 Abandoned US20080090884A1 (en) 2003-04-09 2007-10-05 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl- oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/815,589 Expired - Fee Related US7279494B2 (en) 2003-04-09 2004-04-01 Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl-oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US7279494B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1615916A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2006522791A (en)
BR (1) BRPI0409217A (en)
CA (1) CA2521685A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA05010783A (en)
WO (1) WO2004089943A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1656370B1 (en) 2003-06-03 2012-08-15 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biaryl heterocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same
US8324398B2 (en) 2003-06-03 2012-12-04 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for the synthesis of biaryl oxazolidinones
CA2530140C (en) 2003-07-02 2010-11-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Cyclopropyl group substituted oxazolidinone antibiotics and derivatives thereof
US20060247286A1 (en) * 2003-07-02 2006-11-02 Milton Hammond Oxazolidinone antibiotics and derivatives thereof
EP1713785A1 (en) 2003-12-17 2006-10-25 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Halogenated biaryl heterocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same
JP5534497B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2014-07-02 メリンタ セラピューティクス，インコーポレイテッド Method for synthesizing triazoles
RU2522582C2 (en) 2008-11-20 2014-07-20 Панацеа Биотек Лтд. New antimicrobial agents
JP5696142B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2015-04-08 パナセア バイオテック リミテッド New azabicyclohexanes
BR112013007566A2 (en) 2010-09-28 2016-08-02 Panacea Biotec Ltd new bicyclic compounds
WO2012059823A1 (en) * 2010-11-03 2012-05-10 Wockhardt Limited Process for the preparation of phosphoric acid mono- (l-{4- [(s) -5- (acetylaminomethyl) - 2 - oxo - oxazolidin- 3 - yl] - 2, 6 - difluorophenyl} - 4 -methoxymethylpiperidin- 4 - yl) ester

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6313312B1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2001-11-06 Pfizer Inc 3-Azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful in therapy

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4235871A (en) * 1978-02-24 1980-11-25 Papahadjopoulos Demetrios P Method of encapsulating biologically active materials in lipid vesicles
US4501728A (en) * 1983-01-06 1985-02-26 Technology Unlimited, Inc. Masking of liposomes from RES recognition
US4837028A (en) * 1986-12-24 1989-06-06 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
MY115155A (en) 1993-09-09 2003-04-30 Upjohn Co Substituted oxazine and thiazine oxazolidinone antimicrobials.
GB9702213D0 (en) 1996-02-24 1997-03-26 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
AU737995B2 (en) 1997-05-30 2001-09-06 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Oxazolidinone antibacterial agents having a thiocarbonyl functionality
CN1288462A (en) * 1998-01-23 2001-03-21 法玛西雅厄普约翰美国公司 Oxazolidinone combinatorial libraries, compositions and method of prepn.
BR9910971A (en) 1998-06-05 2001-02-13 Astrazeneca Ab Compound, processes for the preparation of a compound and for producing an antibacterial effect on a warm-blooded animal, use of a compound, and pharmaceutical composition
GB9821938D0 (en) 1998-10-09 1998-12-02 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
NZ519725A (en) * 1999-12-21 2004-05-28 Upjohn Co Oxazolidinones having a sulfoximine functionality and their use as antimicrobial agents
GB0009803D0 (en) 2000-04-25 2000-06-07 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
RU2292345C9 (en) 2000-07-17 2007-05-10 Ранбакси Лабораторис Лимитед Oxazolidinone derivatives
CA2423599A1 (en) * 2000-10-17 2002-04-25 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Methods of producing oxazolidinone compounds
AR038536A1 (en) * 2002-02-25 2005-01-19 Upjohn Co N-ARIL-2-OXAZOLIDINONA-5- CARBOXAMIDS AND ITS DERIVATIVES

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6313312B1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2001-11-06 Pfizer Inc 3-Azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful in therapy

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20050192325A1 (en) 2005-09-01
US7279494B2 (en) 2007-10-09
JP2006522791A (en) 2006-10-05
WO2004089943A1 (en) 2004-10-21
BRPI0409217A (en) 2006-03-28
MXPA05010783A (en) 2005-12-12
EP1615916A1 (en) 2006-01-18
WO2004089943A8 (en) 2005-09-29
CA2521685A1 (en) 2004-10-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20080090884A1 (en) Antimicrobial [3.1.0] bicyclohexylphenyl- oxazolidinone derivatives and analogues
US6638955B2 (en) Antibiotic oxazolidinone derivatives
US6919329B2 (en) N-Aryl-2-oxazolidinone-5-carboxamides and their derivatives
US20070203187A1 (en) Cyclopropyl group substituted oxazolidinone antibiotics and derivatives thereof
US7265140B2 (en) Acyloxymethylcarbamate prodrugs of oxazolidinones
US9376400B2 (en) Process for the synthesis of triazoles
US20090318431A1 (en) Benzoxazinone and benzoxazepinone oxazolidinones as antibacterial agents
ZA200505225B (en) Antibacterial indolone oxazolidinones, intermediates for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
KR20020067557A (en) Oxazolidinones Having a Sulfoximine Functionality and Their Use as Antimicrobial Agent
US7049443B2 (en) Amide-containing compound having improved solubility and method of improving the solubility of an amide-containing compound
US20120157434A1 (en) Antimicrobial heterocyclic compounds for treatment of bacterial infections
US6281210B1 (en) Benzoic acid esters of oxazolidinones having a hydroxyacetylpiperazine substituent
US6875784B2 (en) Antimibicrobial [3.1.0.] bicyclic oxazolidinone derivatives
WO2005082897A1 (en) Oxazolidinone antibacterial agents
US7105547B2 (en) Antimicrobial 1-aryl dihydropyridone compounds
WO2005082900A2 (en) Oxazolidinone amidoximes as antibacterial agents
US6972286B2 (en) Oxazolidinones having a benzannulated 6- or 7-membered heterocycle
US6828317B2 (en) Antimicrobial thiadiazinone derivatives and their application for treatment of bacterial infections

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION